1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17383 32181))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5
) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly
) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current
) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best
) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate
) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack
) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17494 22057))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode
'safe-local-variable
'booleanp
)
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table
) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil
)
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions
) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode
) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17397 61560))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload (quote ada-header
) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17397 61560))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file
) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17515 39525))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function
) "add-log")
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name
) "add-log")
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address
) "add-log")
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name
) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log
) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry
) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil
)
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window
) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map
"a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
)
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode
) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
(quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
(quote (c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
(quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode
)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun
) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge
) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate
) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17578 34774))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
(quote warn
) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action
) "advice")
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
(quote maybe
) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action
) "advice")
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice
) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice
) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice
) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate
) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
380 (autoload (quote defadvice
) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17383 32089))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
440 (autoload (quote align
) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp
) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
485 (autoload (quote align-entire
) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
494 (autoload (quote align-current
) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule
) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule
) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent
) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17582 28845))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x
(quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
))) (stringp x
)))))
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p
)) (quote string-or-null-p
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
))))))
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p
)) (quote string-or-null-p
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
))))))
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote integerp
))
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x
(quote (nil t text force
))))))
556 (put (quote allout-layout
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
(quote (: * + -
)))))))
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode
) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
576 In addition to outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
578 - topic-oriented repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - integral outline exposure-layout
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - automatic topic-number maintenance
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and
584 exposure control. (See the allout-mode docstring.)
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the bindings, and then explanation of
589 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
590 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
591 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
592 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
595 The bindings are dictated by the `allout-keybindings-list' and
596 `allout-command-prefix' variables.
598 Navigation: Exposure Control:
599 ---------- ----------------
600 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] allout-next-visible-heading | \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] allout-hide-current-subtree
601 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] allout-previous-visible-heading | \\[allout-show-children] allout-show-children
602 \\[allout-up-current-level] allout-up-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-subtree] allout-show-current-subtree
603 \\[allout-forward-current-level] allout-forward-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-entry] allout-show-current-entry
604 \\[allout-backward-current-level] allout-backward-current-level | \\[allout-show-all] allout-show-all
605 \\[allout-end-of-entry] allout-end-of-entry
606 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] allout-beginning-of-current-entry, alternately, goes to hot-spot
608 Topic Header Production:
609 -----------------------
610 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] allout-open-sibtopic Create a new sibling after current topic.
611 \\[allout-open-subtopic] allout-open-subtopic ... an offspring of current topic.
612 \\[allout-open-supertopic] allout-open-supertopic ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
614 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
615 ---------------------------------
616 \\[allout-shift-in] allout-shift-in Shift current topic and all offspring deeper.
617 \\[allout-shift-out] allout-shift-out ... less deep.
618 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] allout-rebullet-current-heading Prompt for alternate bullet for
620 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] allout-rebullet-topic Reconcile bullets of topic and its offspring
621 - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
622 alternated according to nesting depth.
623 \\[allout-number-siblings] allout-number-siblings Number bullets of topic and siblings - the
624 offspring are not affected. With repeat
625 count, revoke numbering.
627 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
628 ----------------------------------
629 \\[allout-kill-topic] allout-kill-topic Kill current topic, including offspring.
630 \\[allout-kill-line] allout-kill-line Like kill-line, but reconciles numbering, etc.
631 \\[allout-yank] allout-yank Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
632 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
633 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
634 \\[allout-yank-pop] allout-yank-pop Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
636 Topic-oriented Encryption:
637 -------------------------
638 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
642 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
643 and establish a default file-var setting
645 \\[allout-mark-topic] allout-mark-topic
646 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer
647 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
648 buffer with name derived from derived from that
649 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
650 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer
651 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
652 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
654 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
659 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
660 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
661 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
662 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
663 \(Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
664 encrypted during file saves; if you're editing the contents of
665 such a topic, it is automatically decrypted for continued
666 editing.) The aim is reliable topic privacy while preventing
667 accidents like neglected encryption before saves, forgetting
668 which passphrase was used, and other practical pitfalls.
670 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring and
671 `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable for details.
675 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
676 navigation and exposure control.
678 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
679 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
680 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
681 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
682 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
684 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
685 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
686 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) never get
687 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
688 hot-spot and back to normal operation.
690 Note that the command `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry])
691 will move to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located at the
692 beginning of the current entry, so you usually can hit \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]
693 twice in a row to get to the hot-spot.
697 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
699 TOPIC: A basic, coherent component of an Emacs outline. It can
700 contain and be contained by other topics.
702 The visible topic most immediately containing the cursor.
703 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of a topic; it increases with
704 containment. Also called the:
705 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
708 The topics that contain a topic.
709 PARENT: A topic's immediate ancestor. It has a depth one less than
712 The topics contained by a topic;
714 An immediate offspring of a topic;
716 The immediate offspring of a topic.
718 Topics having the same parent and depth.
720 Topic text constituents:
722 HEADER: The first line of a topic, include the topic PREFIX and header
724 PREFIX: The leading text of a topic which distinguishes it from normal
725 text. It has a strict form, which consists of a prefix-lead
726 string, padding, and a bullet. The bullet may be followed by a
727 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
728 siblings, a space, and then the header text.
730 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting depth
733 The string at the beginning of a topic prefix, normally a `.'.
734 It can be customized by changing the setting of
735 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
737 By setting the prefix-lead to the comment-string of a
738 programming language, you can embed outline structuring in
739 program code without interfering with the language processing
740 of that code. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
741 docstring for more detail.
743 Spaces or asterisks which separate the prefix-lead and the
744 bullet, determining the depth of the topic.
745 BULLET: A character at the end of the topic prefix, it must be one of
746 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
747 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
748 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
749 bullet when generating topics varies in a cycle with the depth of
751 ENTRY: The text contained in a topic before any offspring.
756 The state of a topic which determines the on-screen visibility
757 of its offspring and contained text.
759 Topics and entry text whose display is inhibited. Contiguous
760 units of concealed text is represented by `...' ellipses.
762 Concealed topics are effectively collapsed within an ancestor.
763 CLOSED: A topic whose immediate offspring and body-text is concealed.
764 OPEN: A topic that is not closed, though its offspring or body may be.
766 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil
)
768 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky
) (quote outlineify-sticky
))
770 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky
) "allout" "\
771 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
773 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
774 setup for auto-startup.
776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
780 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
781 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17383 32174))
782 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
784 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir
) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
))
786 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
) "ange-ftp" "\
787 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
788 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
789 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
790 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
791 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
793 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
795 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) "ange-ftp" "\
798 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
802 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
803 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17383 32181))
804 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
806 (autoload (quote animate-string
) "animate" "\
807 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
808 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
809 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
810 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
811 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
812 in the current window.
814 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
816 (autoload (quote animate-sequence
) "animate" "\
817 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
818 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
820 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
822 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present
) "animate" "\
823 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
824 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
826 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
830 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
831 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17383 32090))
832 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
834 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
) "ansi-color" "\
835 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
839 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output
) "ansi-color" "\
840 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
842 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
843 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
844 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
845 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
847 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
848 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
850 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
852 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
856 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
857 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17484 52436))
858 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
860 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules
) "antlr-mode" "\
861 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
862 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
863 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
864 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
867 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
868 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
869 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
872 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
873 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
874 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
875 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
879 (autoload (quote antlr-mode
) "antlr-mode" "\
880 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
885 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs
) "antlr-mode" "\
886 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
887 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
893 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
894 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
895 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
896 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17578 34774))
897 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
899 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
900 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
901 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
902 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
904 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message
) "appt")
906 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
907 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
909 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time
) "appt")
911 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
912 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
914 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible
) "appt")
916 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
917 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
918 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
920 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible
) "appt")
922 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
923 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
924 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
926 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window
) "appt")
928 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
929 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
930 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
932 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line
) "appt")
934 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
935 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
936 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
938 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration
) "appt")
940 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
941 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
942 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
944 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary
) "appt")
946 (autoload (quote appt-add
) "appt" "\
947 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
948 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
950 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil
)
952 (autoload (quote appt-delete
) "appt" "\
953 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
957 (autoload (quote appt-make-list
) "appt" "\
958 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
959 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
960 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
961 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
962 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
963 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
965 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
968 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
969 appointment package (if it is not already active).
973 (autoload (quote appt-activate
) "appt" "\
974 Toggle checking of appointments.
975 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
976 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
982 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
983 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
984 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17484 52422))
985 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
987 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern
) "apropos" "\
988 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
989 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
990 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
992 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
993 kind of objects to search.
995 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
997 (autoload (quote apropos-variable
) "apropos" "\
998 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
999 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1000 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1001 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1002 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1004 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1007 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1009 (defalias (quote command-apropos
) (quote apropos-command
))
1011 (autoload (quote apropos-command
) "apropos" "\
1012 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1013 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1014 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1015 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1016 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1018 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1019 noninteractive functions.
1021 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1022 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1024 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1025 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1027 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
1029 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property
) "apropos" "\
1030 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1032 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
1034 (autoload (quote apropos
) "apropos" "\
1035 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1036 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1037 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1039 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1040 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1041 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1042 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1044 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1045 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1047 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1049 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1051 (autoload (quote apropos-value
) "apropos" "\
1052 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1053 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1054 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1055 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1056 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1058 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1059 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1060 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1062 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1064 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation
) "apropos" "\
1065 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1066 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1067 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1068 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1069 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1071 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1072 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1074 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1080 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17578
1082 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1084 (autoload (quote archive-mode
) "arc-mode" "\
1085 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1086 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1087 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1088 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1089 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1091 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1092 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1095 \\{archive-mode-map}
1097 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1101 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17358 42654))
1102 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1104 (autoload (quote array-mode
) "array" "\
1105 Major mode for editing arrays.
1107 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1108 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1109 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1111 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1113 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1114 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1115 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1117 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1118 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1119 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1120 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1123 Variables you assign:
1124 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1125 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1126 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1127 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1128 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1129 row numbers in the buffer.
1131 Variables which are calculated:
1132 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1133 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1135 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1136 take a numeric prefix argument):
1138 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1139 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1140 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1141 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1143 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1144 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1145 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1146 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1148 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1149 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1150 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1151 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1153 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1154 between that of point and mark.
1156 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1157 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1159 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1160 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1161 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1162 newlines inside rows)
1164 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1166 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1172 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17521
1174 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1176 (autoload (quote artist-mode
) "artist" "\
1177 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1178 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1179 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1181 How to quit artist mode
1183 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1186 How to submit a bug report
1188 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1191 Drawing with the mouse:
1194 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1195 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1199 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1202 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1203 --------------------------------------------------------------
1204 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1206 --------------------------------------------------------------
1207 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1208 --------------------------------------------------------------
1209 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1210 --------------------------------------------------------------
1211 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1212 --------------------------------------------------------------
1213 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1214 --------------------------------------------------------------
1215 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1216 --------------------------------------------------------------
1217 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1218 --------------------------------------------------------------
1219 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1220 --------------------------------------------------------------
1221 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1223 --------------------------------------------------------------
1224 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1225 --------------------------------------------------------------
1226 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1227 --------------------------------------------------------------
1229 --------------------------------------------------------------
1230 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1231 --------------------------------------------------------------
1233 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1236 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1237 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1238 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1239 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1242 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1243 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1244 overwrite means the opposite.
1246 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1247 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1248 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1250 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1252 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1253 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1255 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1256 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1257 are currently drawing something.
1259 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1263 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1264 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1269 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1271 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1273 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1275 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1277 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1278 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1280 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1285 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1286 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1287 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1288 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1289 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1290 When pasting: Pastes
1292 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1294 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1296 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1297 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1298 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1299 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1300 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1301 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1306 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1307 of the line/poly-line
1309 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1310 of the line/poly-line
1315 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1317 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1318 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1319 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1320 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1321 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1322 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1323 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1324 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1325 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1326 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1327 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1328 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1329 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1330 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1331 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1332 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1333 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1334 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1335 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1336 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1341 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1342 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1344 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1345 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1346 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1347 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1348 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1349 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1350 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1351 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1352 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1353 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1354 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1355 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1356 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1357 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1358 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1359 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1360 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1361 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1362 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1366 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1367 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1374 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1378 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17487
1380 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1382 (autoload (quote asm-mode
) "asm-mode" "\
1383 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1384 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1386 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1387 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1388 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1389 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1391 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1392 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1394 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1395 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1397 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1406 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1407 ;;;;;; (16221 3779))
1408 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1410 (defvar auto-show-mode nil
"\
1413 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show")
1415 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show" "\
1416 This command is obsolete.
1422 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1423 ;;;;;; (17383 32090))
1424 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1426 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1427 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1428 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1430 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg")
1432 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" "\
1433 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1434 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1435 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1436 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1437 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1438 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1439 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1440 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1441 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1444 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1445 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1446 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1447 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1448 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1450 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1454 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1455 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1456 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1457 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1458 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1460 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg")
1462 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" "\
1463 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1464 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1465 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1466 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1467 &c to supply digit arguments.
1469 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1475 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1476 ;;;;;; (17397 61561))
1477 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1479 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode
) "autoconf" "\
1480 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1486 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1487 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17383 32090))
1488 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1490 (autoload (quote auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1491 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1492 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1496 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1497 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1498 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1499 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1501 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1503 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1504 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1505 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1506 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1507 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1509 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert")
1511 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" "\
1512 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1513 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1514 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1516 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1517 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1523 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1524 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1525 ;;;;;; (17590 36007))
1526 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1528 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1529 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1530 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1531 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1532 save the buffer too.
1534 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1536 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil
)
1538 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1539 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1540 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1541 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1542 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1543 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1545 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1546 directory or directories specified.
1548 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1550 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1551 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1552 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1558 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1559 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1560 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17503 24305))
1561 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1563 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1564 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1566 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1567 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1568 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1569 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1570 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1574 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1575 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1577 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1578 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1582 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1583 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1584 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1586 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1587 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1588 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1589 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1590 reflected in the current buffer.
1592 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1593 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1594 writing before you save the file!
1596 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1600 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1601 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1603 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1604 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1608 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1609 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1610 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1611 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1612 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1614 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert")
1616 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1617 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1619 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1620 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1621 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1627 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1628 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17503 24305))
1629 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1631 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1632 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1633 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1634 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1635 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1637 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid")
1639 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" "\
1640 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1641 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1642 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1644 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1645 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1646 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1648 Effects of the different modes:
1649 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1650 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1651 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1652 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1653 a random distance & direction.
1654 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1655 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1656 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1658 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1660 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1661 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1662 definition of \"random distance\".)
1664 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1668 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1669 ;;;;;; (17383 32135))
1670 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1672 (autoload (quote backquote
) "backquote" "\
1673 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1675 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1676 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1680 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1681 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1682 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1683 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1685 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1687 \(fn ARG)" nil
(quote macro
))
1689 (defalias (quote \
`) (symbol-function (quote backquote
)))
1693 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1694 ;;;;;; (17515 39525))
1695 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1696 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1698 (autoload (quote battery
) "battery" "\
1699 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1700 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1701 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1705 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1706 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1707 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1708 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1709 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1711 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode
) "battery")
1713 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode
) "battery" "\
1714 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1715 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1716 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1717 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1724 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1725 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17383 32135))
1726 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1728 (autoload (quote benchmark-run
) "benchmark" "\
1729 Time execution of FORMS.
1730 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1731 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1733 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1734 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1735 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1737 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1739 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled
) "benchmark" "\
1740 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1741 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1742 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1743 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1745 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1747 (autoload (quote benchmark
) "benchmark" "\
1748 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1749 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1750 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1751 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1753 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1757 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17578
1759 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1761 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode
) "bibtex" "\
1762 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1764 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1766 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1767 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1768 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1769 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1771 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1772 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1773 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1774 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1775 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1777 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1778 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1781 Special information:
1783 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1785 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1786 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1787 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1788 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1789 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1790 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1791 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1792 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1793 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1794 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1795 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1797 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1798 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1799 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1800 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1801 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1802 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1803 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1804 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1806 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1808 ----------------------------------------------------------
1809 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1810 if that value is non-nil.
1818 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1819 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1820 ;;;;;; (17383 32153))
1821 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1823 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1825 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal
) "binhex" "\
1826 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1827 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1829 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1831 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external
) "binhex" "\
1832 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1834 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1836 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region
) "binhex" "\
1837 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1839 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1843 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17383
1845 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1847 (autoload (quote blackbox
) "blackbox" "\
1849 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1853 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1854 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1855 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1856 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1857 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1862 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1863 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1866 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1869 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1870 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1872 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1873 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1875 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1876 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1877 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1878 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1879 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1880 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1884 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1886 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1887 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1888 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1889 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1891 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1892 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1893 denoted by the letter `R'.
1895 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1896 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1897 denoted by the letter `H'.
1899 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1902 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1903 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1904 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1905 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1906 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1907 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1910 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1911 degree deflection it causes.
1914 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1915 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1916 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1917 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1918 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1919 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1920 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1921 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1924 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1925 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1928 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1929 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1930 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1931 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1932 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1933 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1934 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1935 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1937 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1938 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1939 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1940 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1941 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1942 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1943 emerging from the box.
1945 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1947 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1948 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1949 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1950 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1951 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1952 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1953 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1954 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1956 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1963 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1964 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1965 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1966 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17383 32091))
1967 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1968 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
1969 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
1970 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
1972 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
1973 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1974 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1975 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1976 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1977 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1978 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map
)
1979 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" 'bookmark-set
)
1980 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) ; "m" for "mark"
1981 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
)
1982 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) ; "g" for "go"
1983 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
)
1984 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
)
1985 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) ; "f" for "find"
1986 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
)
1987 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
)
1988 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" 'bookmark-load
)
1989 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" 'bookmark-write
)
1990 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" 'bookmark-save
)
1992 (autoload (quote bookmark-set
) "bookmark" "\
1993 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1994 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1995 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1996 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1997 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1998 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1999 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2002 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2003 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2004 yank successive words.
2006 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2007 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2008 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2009 name of the file being visited.
2011 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2012 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2013 the list of bookmarks.)
2015 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil
)
2017 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump
) "bookmark" "\
2018 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2019 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2020 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2021 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2024 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2025 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2026 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2027 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2029 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2031 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate
) "bookmark" "\
2032 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2033 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2034 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2035 after a bookmark was set in it.
2037 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2039 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location
) "bookmark" "\
2040 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2041 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2042 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2044 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2046 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate
) (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
2048 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename
) "bookmark" "\
2049 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2050 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2051 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2053 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2054 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2055 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2057 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2058 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2061 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil
)
2063 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert
) "bookmark" "\
2064 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2065 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2066 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2067 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2070 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2072 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete
) "bookmark" "\
2073 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2074 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2075 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2076 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2077 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2078 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2079 probably because we were called from there.
2081 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2083 (autoload (quote bookmark-write
) "bookmark" "\
2084 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2085 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2089 (autoload (quote bookmark-save
) "bookmark" "\
2090 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2091 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2092 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2095 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2096 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2097 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2098 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2099 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2101 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2102 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2103 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2104 `bookmark-default-file'.
2106 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2108 (autoload (quote bookmark-load
) "bookmark" "\
2109 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2110 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2111 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2112 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2115 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2116 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2117 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2118 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2119 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2122 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2123 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2124 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2125 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2127 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2129 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
) "bookmark" "\
2130 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2131 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2132 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2133 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2137 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
2139 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
2141 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map
[load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2143 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2147 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2148 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2149 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2150 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2151 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2152 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2153 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2154 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2155 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2156 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17521 64538))
2157 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2159 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2160 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2161 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2162 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2164 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2165 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2166 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2167 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2168 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2170 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
2172 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2173 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2175 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url")
2177 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2178 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2180 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url")
2182 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2187 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2188 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2189 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2190 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2191 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2192 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2194 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2196 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2197 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2198 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2199 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2202 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2204 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2205 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2209 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2210 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2212 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2214 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2215 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2216 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2217 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2219 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2221 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2222 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2223 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2224 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2228 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2229 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2230 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2231 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2232 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2237 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2238 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2239 Default to the URL around or before point.
2241 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2242 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2243 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2244 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2246 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2247 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2249 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2250 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2251 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2253 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2255 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2256 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2257 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2258 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2260 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2261 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2262 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2263 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2265 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2266 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2267 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2269 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2270 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2272 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2274 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2275 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2276 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2277 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2279 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2280 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2281 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2282 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2284 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2285 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2286 new tab in an existing window instead.
2288 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2289 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2291 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2293 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2294 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2295 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2296 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2299 When called interactively, if variable
2300 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2301 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2302 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2303 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2305 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2306 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2307 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2309 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2310 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2312 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2313 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2314 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2315 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2316 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2317 URL in a new window.
2319 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2321 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2322 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2323 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2324 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2326 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2327 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2328 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2329 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2331 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2332 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2333 new tab in an existing window instead.
2335 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2336 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2338 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2340 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2341 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2342 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2343 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2345 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2346 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2347 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2348 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2350 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2351 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2353 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2355 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2356 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2358 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2359 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2360 program is invoked according to the variable
2361 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2363 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2364 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2365 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2366 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2368 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2369 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2371 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2373 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2375 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2376 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2378 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2380 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2381 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2382 Default to the URL around or before point.
2384 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2385 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2386 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2388 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2389 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2390 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2391 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2393 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2394 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2396 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2398 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2399 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2400 Default to the URL around or before point.
2402 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2404 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2405 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2406 Default to the URL around or before point.
2408 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2409 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2410 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2412 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2413 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2415 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2417 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2418 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2419 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2420 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2422 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2424 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2425 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2426 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2427 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2428 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2430 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2432 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2433 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2434 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2435 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2437 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2438 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2439 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2440 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2442 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2443 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2447 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2448 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2449 Default to the URL around or before point.
2451 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2453 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2454 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2455 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2456 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2457 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2460 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2461 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2462 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2463 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2465 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2466 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2470 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2472 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2473 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2474 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2475 don't offer a form of remote control.
2477 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2479 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2480 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2481 Default to the URL around or before point.
2483 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2487 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17383
2489 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2491 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2492 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2496 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2497 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2503 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2504 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17397 61539))
2505 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2507 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2508 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2509 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2510 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2514 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2515 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2516 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2517 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2521 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2522 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2526 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2527 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2529 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2530 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2531 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2532 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2534 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2535 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2536 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2537 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2538 name of buffer configuration.
2544 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2545 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17383
2547 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2549 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2550 Keymap used by buttons.")
2552 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2553 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2554 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2556 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2557 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2558 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2559 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2560 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2561 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2563 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2564 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2565 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2566 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2568 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2570 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2571 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2572 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2573 specifying properties to add to the button.
2574 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2575 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2576 `define-button-type'.
2578 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2580 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2582 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2583 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2584 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2585 specifying properties to add to the button.
2586 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2587 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2588 `define-button-type'.
2590 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2592 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2594 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2595 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2596 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2597 specifying properties to add to the button.
2598 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2599 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2600 `define-button-type'.
2602 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2603 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2604 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2607 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2609 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2611 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2612 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2613 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2614 specifying properties to add to the button.
2615 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2616 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2617 `define-button-type'.
2619 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2620 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2621 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2622 `insert-text-button'.
2624 Also see `make-text-button'.
2626 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2630 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2631 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2632 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2633 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2634 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17582 35542))
2635 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2636 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2637 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2639 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2644 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2645 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2646 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2648 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2650 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2651 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2652 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2653 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2655 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2656 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2657 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2658 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2659 whether to compile it.
2661 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2663 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2664 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2666 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2667 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2669 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2670 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2671 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2672 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2673 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2675 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2677 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2678 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2679 Print the result in the echo area.
2680 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2684 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2685 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2686 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2688 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2690 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2691 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2692 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2693 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2694 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2695 all functions called by those functions.
2697 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2698 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2701 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2702 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2703 invoked interactively.
2705 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2707 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2708 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2709 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2710 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2714 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2715 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2716 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2717 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2718 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2719 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2720 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2723 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2725 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2726 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2727 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2728 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2730 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2731 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2732 and corresponding effects.
2734 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17397 61545))
2739 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2741 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2743 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2747 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2748 ;;;;;; (17397 61545))
2749 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2751 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2752 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2753 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2754 from the cursor position.
2756 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2760 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2761 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2762 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2763 ;;;;;; (17383 32134))
2764 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2766 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2767 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2769 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc")
2770 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2772 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2773 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2777 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2778 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2780 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2782 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2783 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2785 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2787 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2788 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2792 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2793 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2794 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2795 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2797 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2799 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2800 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2801 This is most useful in the X window system.
2802 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2803 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2805 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2807 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2808 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2809 See calc-keypad for details.
2811 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2813 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2814 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2816 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2818 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2819 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2821 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2823 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2824 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2826 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2828 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2829 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2830 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2832 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2834 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2837 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2841 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17383
2843 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2845 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2846 Run the Emacs calculator.
2847 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2853 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2854 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2855 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2856 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2857 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2858 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2859 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2860 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2861 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2862 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2863 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2864 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2865 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2866 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2867 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2868 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2869 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2870 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17578 34774))
2871 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2873 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2874 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2875 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2876 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2879 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2881 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2882 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2883 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2884 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2885 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2886 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2888 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2890 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2891 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2892 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2894 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2896 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2897 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2898 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2900 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2902 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2903 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2904 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2907 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2909 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2910 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2911 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2913 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2915 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2916 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2917 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2919 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2921 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2923 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2924 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2925 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2927 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2930 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2932 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2933 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2934 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2936 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2939 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2941 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2942 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2943 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2945 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2948 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2950 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2951 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2952 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2954 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2956 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2957 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2958 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2959 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2960 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2962 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2964 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2965 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2966 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2967 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2968 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2969 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2970 a function is also provided for this:
2971 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2973 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2974 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2975 date is not visible in the window.
2977 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2978 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2979 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2981 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2983 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2984 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2986 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2987 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2988 date is visible in the window.
2990 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2991 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2992 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2994 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2996 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2997 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3001 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3003 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3005 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
3007 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3008 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3010 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3011 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3019 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3020 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3021 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3022 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3023 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3024 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3025 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3026 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3027 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3028 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3029 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3030 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3033 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3034 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3035 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3036 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3044 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3045 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3047 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3048 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3049 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3050 window but will appear in a diary window.
3052 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3053 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3055 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3056 entries (in the default American style):
3058 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3059 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3060 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3062 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3063 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3064 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3065 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3066 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3067 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3068 &* 15 time cards due.
3070 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3071 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3072 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3076 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3077 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3078 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3079 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3080 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3081 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3083 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3084 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3085 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3087 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3089 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3091 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3092 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3093 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3094 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3095 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3096 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3097 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3098 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3099 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3100 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3103 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3104 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3105 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3106 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3107 documentation for these functions for details.
3109 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3110 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3112 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
3114 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3115 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3117 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
3119 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3120 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3122 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3124 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3125 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3127 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3129 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3130 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3132 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3134 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3135 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3136 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3138 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
3140 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3141 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3142 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3144 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3146 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3147 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3148 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3149 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3152 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
3154 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3155 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3156 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3157 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3166 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3167 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3168 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period. To take effect,
3169 this variable should be set before the calendar package and its associates
3170 are loaded. Otherwise, use one of the functions `european-calendar' or
3171 `american-calendar' to force the appropriate update.")
3173 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
3175 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3176 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3177 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3179 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3181 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3182 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3183 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3185 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3187 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3188 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3189 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3191 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3193 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3194 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3195 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3197 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3199 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3200 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3201 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3202 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3203 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3204 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3206 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3208 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3209 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3210 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3212 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3213 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3214 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3217 #include \"filename\"
3219 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3220 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3221 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3222 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3223 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3225 For example, you could use
3227 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3228 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3229 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3231 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3232 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3233 lexicographic order.")
3235 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3237 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3238 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3239 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3241 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
3243 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3244 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3245 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3248 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3249 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3250 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3251 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3252 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3253 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3254 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3256 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3257 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3258 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3259 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3260 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3261 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3262 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3263 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3265 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
3267 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3268 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3269 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3270 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3271 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3272 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3273 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3275 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
3277 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3278 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3280 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3281 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3282 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3284 #include \"filename\"
3285 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3286 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3287 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3288 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3289 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3291 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3293 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3294 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3295 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3296 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3297 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3298 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3299 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3301 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3303 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3304 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3305 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3308 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3310 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3311 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3312 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3313 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3314 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3316 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3318 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3320 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3321 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3322 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3324 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3326 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3328 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3330 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3332 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3334 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3336 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3338 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3340 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3342 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3344 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3345 User defined holidays.
3346 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3348 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3350 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3352 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3354 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3356 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3358 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3360 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3362 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3364 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3366 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3368 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3370 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3372 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3374 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3376 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3378 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3380 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3382 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3384 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3386 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3388 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3390 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3392 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3394 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3396 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar")
3398 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3400 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3401 Sun-related holidays.
3402 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3404 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3406 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3408 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3409 The frame setup of the calendar.
3410 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3411 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3412 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3413 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3414 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3416 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar")
3418 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3419 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3420 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3422 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3423 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3427 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3428 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3429 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3431 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3432 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3433 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3434 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3436 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
3440 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3441 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17383 32153))
3442 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3444 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3445 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3447 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3449 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3450 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3451 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3454 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17515
3460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3461 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3465 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3466 ;;;;;; (17420 36089))
3467 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3469 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3470 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3476 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3477 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3478 ;;;;;; (17590 36100))
3479 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3481 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3482 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3483 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3484 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3485 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3486 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3487 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3489 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3491 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3492 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3493 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3494 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3495 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3496 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3497 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3498 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3500 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3501 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3502 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3503 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3504 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3505 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3507 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3509 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3510 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3517 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3518 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3520 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3521 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3522 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3523 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3524 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3525 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3528 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3530 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3531 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3538 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3539 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3540 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3542 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3543 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3544 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3545 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3546 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3547 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3550 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3552 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3553 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3560 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3561 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3562 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3564 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3565 Major mode for editing Java code.
3566 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3567 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3568 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3569 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3572 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3574 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3575 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3582 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3583 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3584 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3586 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3587 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3588 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3589 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3590 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3591 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3594 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3596 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3597 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3604 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3605 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3606 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3607 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3609 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3610 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3611 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3612 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3613 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3614 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3617 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3619 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3620 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3626 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3627 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3628 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3629 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3630 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3631 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3635 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3636 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17521 64538))
3637 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3639 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3640 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3641 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3642 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3644 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3646 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3647 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3650 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3651 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3652 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3653 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3656 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3657 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3658 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3659 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3662 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3664 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3665 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3666 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3667 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3669 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3671 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3672 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3673 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3675 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3677 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3678 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3679 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3680 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3681 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3683 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17515
3689 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3690 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17521 64538))
3695 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3696 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3697 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3698 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3702 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3703 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3704 ;;;;;; (17097 33519))
3705 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3707 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3708 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3710 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3712 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3713 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3715 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3717 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3718 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3720 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3721 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3722 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3723 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3726 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3728 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3730 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3731 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3733 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3734 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3738 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3739 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3740 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3741 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3742 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3745 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3746 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3747 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3748 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3750 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3751 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3754 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3756 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3758 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3761 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3762 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3764 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3765 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3766 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3769 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3771 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3772 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3773 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3775 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3777 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3779 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3780 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3782 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3786 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3788 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3790 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3791 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3794 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3795 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3798 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3800 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3801 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3802 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3803 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3804 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3805 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3806 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3807 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3808 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3809 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3810 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3811 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3812 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3813 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3814 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3815 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3818 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3819 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3821 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3822 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3824 | (write EXPRESSION)
3825 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3826 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3829 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3832 ;; Same as: (write string)
3834 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3835 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3836 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3839 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3840 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3841 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3842 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3843 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3844 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3846 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3847 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3849 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3852 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3853 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3854 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3856 ARG := REG | integer
3859 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3862 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3865 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3868 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3869 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3872 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3873 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3874 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3877 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3878 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3879 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3882 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3883 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3885 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3886 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3887 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3890 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3891 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3894 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3895 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3897 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3900 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3904 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3905 ;; Same meaning as C code
3906 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3908 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3913 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3914 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3917 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3918 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3922 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3926 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3927 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3928 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3930 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3931 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3932 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3934 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3935 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3936 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3937 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3938 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3941 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3943 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3944 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3945 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3946 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3947 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3948 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3950 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3952 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3953 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3954 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3956 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3958 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3962 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3963 ;;;;;; (17397 61564))
3964 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3966 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3967 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3968 There are no special keybindings by default.
3970 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3971 to the action header.
3977 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3978 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3979 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3980 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3981 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3982 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3983 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3984 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3985 ;;;;;; (17383 32136))
3986 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3988 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3989 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3990 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3991 the users will view as each check is completed.
3995 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3996 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3997 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3998 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3999 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4000 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4001 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4002 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4004 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4006 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4007 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4008 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4009 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4010 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4011 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4012 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4013 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4015 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4017 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4018 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4019 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4020 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4021 spacing are all verified.
4025 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4026 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4027 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4028 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4029 otherwise stop after the first error.
4031 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4033 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4034 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4035 Only documentation strings are checked.
4036 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4037 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4040 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4042 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4043 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4044 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4045 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4046 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4048 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4050 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4051 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4052 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4053 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4056 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4058 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4059 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4060 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4061 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4063 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4065 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4067 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4068 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4069 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4071 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4073 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4074 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4075 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4076 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4077 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4081 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4082 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4083 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4084 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4085 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4086 space at the end of each line.
4088 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4090 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4091 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4092 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4093 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4095 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4097 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4098 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4099 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4100 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4102 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4104 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4105 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4106 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4107 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4109 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4111 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4112 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4113 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4114 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4116 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4118 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4119 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4120 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4121 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4123 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4125 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4126 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4127 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4128 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4130 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4132 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4133 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4134 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4135 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4137 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4139 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4140 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4141 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4142 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4144 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4146 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4147 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4148 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4149 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4151 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4153 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4154 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4155 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4157 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4158 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4159 checking of documentation strings.
4161 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4167 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4168 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17097
4170 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4172 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4173 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4174 Return the length of resulting text.
4176 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4178 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4179 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4183 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4184 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4185 Return the length of resulting text.
4187 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4189 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4190 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4196 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4197 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17383 32092))
4198 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4200 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4201 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4202 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4203 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4204 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4205 editing and the result is evaluated.
4207 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4209 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4210 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4211 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4212 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4213 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4215 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4219 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4220 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4221 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4222 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4223 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4225 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4226 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4227 \\{command-history-map}
4229 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4230 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17383 32137))
4237 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4239 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4240 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4241 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4242 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4243 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4244 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4246 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4247 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4251 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4252 ;;;;;; (17383 32136))
4253 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4255 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4258 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4262 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4263 ;;;;;; (17397 61564))
4264 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4266 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4267 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4268 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4269 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4271 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4272 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4273 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4274 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4276 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4277 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4279 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4283 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17383
4285 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4287 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4288 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4289 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4290 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4291 of `scheme-program-name').
4292 If a file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' exists, it is given as initial input.
4293 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4294 discards input when it starts up.
4295 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4297 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4300 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4304 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4305 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4306 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17210 47738))
4307 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4309 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4310 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4311 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4314 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4315 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4316 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4317 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4319 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4321 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4322 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4323 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4325 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4327 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4328 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4329 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4331 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4333 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4334 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4335 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4337 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4339 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4340 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4342 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4343 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4344 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4346 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4347 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4351 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4352 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4354 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4355 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4356 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4358 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4362 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4363 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4364 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4365 ;;;;;; (17578 34770))
4366 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4368 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4369 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4370 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4371 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4372 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4373 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4374 functions have already modified the buffer.
4376 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4378 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4379 either globally or locally.")
4381 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4383 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4384 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4385 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4386 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4387 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4388 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4389 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4390 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4392 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4394 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4396 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4397 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4398 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4399 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4400 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4401 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4402 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4403 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4405 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4407 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4409 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4410 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4411 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4412 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4413 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4414 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4416 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4418 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4419 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4420 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4421 directory tracking functions.")
4423 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4424 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4425 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4427 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4429 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4431 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4432 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4433 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4435 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4437 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4439 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4440 Send COMMAND to current process.
4441 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4442 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4444 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4446 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4447 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4448 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4449 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4451 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4455 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17420
4457 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4459 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4460 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4461 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4462 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4464 This command pushes the mark in each window
4465 at the prior location of point in that window.
4466 If both windows display the same buffer,
4467 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4468 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4470 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4471 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4472 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4473 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4474 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4475 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4476 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4479 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4480 this command work in interlaced mode:
4481 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4482 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4483 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4485 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4489 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4490 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4491 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4492 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4493 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17590 36100))
4494 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4496 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4497 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4499 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4501 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4502 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4504 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4506 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4507 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4508 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4509 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4510 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4511 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4512 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4514 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4515 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4516 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4517 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4518 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4520 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4521 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4522 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4523 describing how the process finished.")
4525 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4526 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4527 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4528 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4530 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4531 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4532 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4534 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4536 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4537 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4538 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4539 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4541 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4543 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4544 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4546 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4547 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4549 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4551 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4552 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4553 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4554 (concat \"make -k \"
4555 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4557 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile")
4558 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4560 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4561 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4562 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4563 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4565 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile")
4567 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4568 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4569 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4570 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4572 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4573 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4575 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4576 and move to the source code that caused it.
4578 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4579 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4580 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4581 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4583 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4584 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4585 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4586 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4589 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4590 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4591 to a function that generates a unique name.
4593 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4595 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4596 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4597 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4598 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4600 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4601 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4602 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4603 to determine the buffer name.
4605 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4606 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4607 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4609 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4611 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4613 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4614 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4615 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4616 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4617 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4619 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4621 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4623 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4625 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4626 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4627 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4628 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4629 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4630 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4631 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4635 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4636 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4637 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4638 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4639 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4640 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4644 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4645 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4646 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4648 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4650 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4654 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4655 ;;;;;; (17578 34770))
4656 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4658 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4659 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4660 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4661 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4662 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4664 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4666 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4667 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4668 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4670 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4671 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4672 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4673 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4675 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4676 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4677 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4678 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4680 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4681 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4682 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4683 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4685 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4686 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4687 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4688 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4689 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4695 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4696 ;;;;;; (17383 32093))
4697 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4699 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4700 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4701 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4702 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4703 use either \\[customize] or the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4705 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion")
4707 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4708 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4714 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4715 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4716 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4717 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17318 53825))
4718 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4720 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4721 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4722 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4723 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4726 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4728 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4729 | | 1:tc or top-center
4730 | | 2:tr or top-right
4731 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4732 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4733 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4734 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4735 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4736 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4738 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4739 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4740 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4741 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4744 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4745 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4746 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4748 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4752 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4756 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4759 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4760 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4761 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4762 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4764 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4766 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4767 Compose characters in the current region.
4769 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4770 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4772 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4774 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4775 specifying the region.
4777 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4778 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4779 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4781 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4782 of the text in the region.
4784 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4786 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4787 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4788 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4789 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4791 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4792 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4795 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4796 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4797 text in the composition.
4799 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4801 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4802 Decompose text in the current region.
4804 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4805 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4807 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4809 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4810 Compose characters in string STRING.
4812 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4813 the characters in it.
4815 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4816 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4817 STRING respectively.
4819 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4820 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4821 `compose-region' for more detail.
4823 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4824 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4825 text in the composition.
4827 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4829 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4830 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4832 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4834 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4835 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4836 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4837 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4838 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4839 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4840 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4841 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4843 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4845 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4846 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4848 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4849 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4851 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4852 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4854 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4855 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4857 If no composition is found, return nil.
4859 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4860 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4862 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4863 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4864 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4866 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4868 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4870 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4871 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4872 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4874 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4876 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4878 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4880 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4881 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4883 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4884 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4885 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4886 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4887 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4888 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4889 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4892 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4894 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4895 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4897 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4899 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4900 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4902 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4904 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4906 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4907 Compose last characters.
4908 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4909 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4910 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4911 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4912 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4913 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4914 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4915 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4916 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4917 after a sequence of character events.
4920 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4922 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4923 Convert CHAR to string.
4925 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4926 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4927 vector of CHAR respectively.
4928 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4930 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4932 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4936 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4937 ;;;;;; conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode conf-unix-mode
4938 ;;;;;; conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (17383 32186))
4939 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4941 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4942 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4943 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4944 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4945 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4946 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4947 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4949 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4950 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4951 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4953 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4954 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4955 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4957 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4958 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4959 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4960 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4962 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4963 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4964 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4965 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4966 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4967 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4968 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4974 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4975 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4976 Comments start with `#'.
4977 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4979 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4989 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4990 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4991 Comments start with `;'.
4992 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4994 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4996 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4997 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4998 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5000 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5001 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5005 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5006 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5007 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5008 between `/*' and `*/'.
5009 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5011 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5012 // another kind of comment
5024 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5025 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5026 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5027 recognized according to `conf-space-keywords'. Interactively
5028 with a prefix ARG of `0' no keywords will be recognized. With
5029 any other prefix arg you will be prompted for a regexp to match
5032 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5034 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5036 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5040 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5042 # Standard multimedia devices
5043 add /dev/audio desktop
5044 add /dev/mixer desktop
5048 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5049 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5050 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5051 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5053 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5055 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5056 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5060 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5061 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5062 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5063 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5065 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5067 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5068 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5072 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5073 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5074 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5075 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5077 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5086 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5087 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17578 34778))
5088 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5090 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5091 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5092 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5093 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5095 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5097 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5098 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5099 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5100 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5102 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5104 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5105 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5106 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5107 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5109 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5111 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5112 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5114 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5118 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5119 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17383 32137))
5120 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5122 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5123 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5124 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5125 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5126 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5127 following the copyright are updated as well.
5128 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5131 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5133 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5134 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5135 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5139 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5140 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5142 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5146 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
5147 ;;;;;; (17578 34778))
5148 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5150 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5151 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5152 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5153 Tab indents for Perl code.
5154 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5155 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5157 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5158 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5159 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5160 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5161 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5162 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5163 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5164 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5165 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5166 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5167 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5168 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5170 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5172 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5173 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5175 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5177 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5178 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5179 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5180 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5181 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5182 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5183 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5184 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5185 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5187 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5191 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5192 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5193 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5196 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5197 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5198 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5200 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5202 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5203 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5204 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5205 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5206 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5208 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5218 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5219 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5220 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5221 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5222 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5223 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5224 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5225 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5226 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5227 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5228 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5229 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5230 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5232 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5233 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5234 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5235 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5236 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5237 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5239 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5240 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5243 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5244 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5245 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5246 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5247 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5249 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5250 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5251 span the needed amount of lines.
5253 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5254 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5255 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5256 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5258 Variables controlling indentation style:
5259 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5260 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5261 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5262 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5263 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5264 `cperl-auto-newline'
5265 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5266 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5267 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5268 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5269 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5270 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5271 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5272 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5273 `cperl-indent-level'
5274 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5275 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5276 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5277 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5278 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5279 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5280 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5281 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5282 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5283 `cperl-brace-offset'
5284 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5285 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5286 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5287 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5288 `cperl-label-offset'
5289 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5290 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5291 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5293 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
5294 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
5295 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
5296 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
5297 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
5299 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5300 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5301 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5302 \(both available from menu).
5304 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5305 column 0 is indented on
5306 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5308 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5311 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5312 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5313 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5319 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5320 ;;;;;; (17397 61565))
5321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5323 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5324 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5325 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5326 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5327 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5331 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5332 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5338 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5339 ;;;;;; (17383 32142))
5340 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5342 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5343 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5344 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5345 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5347 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5348 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5350 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
5352 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5353 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5354 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5358 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5362 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5363 ;;;;;; (17515 39527))
5364 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5366 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5367 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5368 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5369 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5371 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5372 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5373 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5374 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5376 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5377 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5378 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5380 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5381 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5384 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5385 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5386 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5388 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5390 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5391 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5392 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5394 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5398 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5399 ;;;;;; (17521 64537))
5400 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5402 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5403 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5404 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5405 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5406 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
5408 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
5410 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5411 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5412 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5413 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5414 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5416 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5417 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5418 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5419 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5420 function of these prefix keys.
5422 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5423 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5425 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5426 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5427 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5429 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5430 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5431 the prefix fallback behavior.
5433 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5434 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5435 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5436 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5440 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5441 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5444 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5445 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5446 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5447 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5448 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5449 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5450 (if user-init-file (concat
5451 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5452 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5456 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5457 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5458 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5459 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5460 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5461 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5462 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5463 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5464 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (17590 36098))
5465 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5466 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5468 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5469 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5471 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5472 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5474 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5475 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5477 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5479 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5481 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5482 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5483 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5485 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5486 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5488 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5489 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5491 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5492 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5494 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5495 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5497 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5499 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5501 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5502 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5505 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5506 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5508 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5509 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5511 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5512 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5514 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5515 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5517 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5519 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5521 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5522 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5523 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5524 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5525 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5529 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5530 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5531 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5532 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5536 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5537 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5541 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5542 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5546 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5548 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5549 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5551 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5553 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5555 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5556 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5557 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5559 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5561 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5562 Alist mapping versions of Emacs to versions of a package.
5563 These package versions are listed in the :package-version
5564 keyword used in `defcustom', `defgroup', and `defface'. Its
5565 elements look like this:
5567 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5569 For each PACKAGE, which is a symbol, there are one or more
5570 elements that contain a package version PVERSION with an
5571 associated Emacs version EVERSION. These versions are strings.
5572 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist with the
5575 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5576 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5577 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5578 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5579 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5581 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5582 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5583 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5584 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5586 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5588 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5589 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5590 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5591 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5592 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5594 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5595 that were added or redefined since that version.
5597 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5599 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5600 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5601 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5602 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5604 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5605 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5607 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5609 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5610 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5611 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5613 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5614 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5616 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5618 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5619 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5623 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5624 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5628 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5629 Customize all already saved user options.
5633 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5634 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5635 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5636 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5637 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5638 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5639 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5640 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5642 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5644 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5645 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5646 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5647 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5649 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5651 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5652 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5654 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5656 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5657 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5659 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5661 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5662 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5663 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5664 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5665 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5668 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5670 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5671 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5672 The result includes selecting that window.
5673 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5674 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5675 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5678 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5680 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5681 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5683 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5685 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5686 File used for storing customization information.
5687 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5688 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5689 it should be an absolute file name.
5691 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5692 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5693 something like the following in your init file:
5695 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5698 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5699 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5701 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5702 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5703 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5704 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5705 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5707 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5708 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5709 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5710 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5711 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5712 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5713 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5714 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5715 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5716 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5718 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5720 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5721 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5725 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5726 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5730 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5731 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5732 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5734 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5736 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5737 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5738 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5739 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5740 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5742 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5746 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5747 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17383 32094))
5748 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5750 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5751 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5753 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5755 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5756 Alist of face attributes.
5758 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5759 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5760 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5761 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5762 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5763 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5765 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5766 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5767 customization type TYPE).
5769 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5770 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5771 given face attribute.")
5773 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5774 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5775 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5776 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5778 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5780 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5781 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5782 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5783 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5784 between themes and faces.
5785 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5787 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5788 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5790 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5792 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5793 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5794 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5798 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5800 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5802 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5803 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5804 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5806 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5810 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5812 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5816 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5817 ;;;;;; (17397 61539))
5818 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5820 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5821 Create a custom theme.
5827 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5828 ;;;;;; (17582 35146))
5829 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5831 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5832 Mode used for cvs status output.
5838 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5839 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17397 61565))
5840 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5842 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5843 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5845 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5846 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5847 C++ modes are included.
5849 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5853 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5856 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5857 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5861 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5862 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5863 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5864 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5865 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5867 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5869 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5870 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5871 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5872 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5873 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5879 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5880 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5881 ;;;;;; (17097 33524))
5882 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5884 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5885 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5887 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5889 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5890 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5892 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5894 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5895 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5896 For readability, the table is slightly
5897 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5899 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5900 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5901 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5902 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5903 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5905 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5909 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5910 ;;;;;; (17383 32095))
5911 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5912 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5913 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5915 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5916 Completion on current word.
5917 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5918 and presents suggestions for completion.
5920 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5921 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5924 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5925 then it searches *all* buffers.
5927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5929 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5930 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5932 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5933 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5934 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5935 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5936 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5938 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5939 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5941 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5942 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5943 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5945 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5946 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5948 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5954 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17397
5956 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5958 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5959 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5961 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5962 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5963 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5965 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5966 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5967 Data lines are not indented.
5972 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5974 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5975 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5976 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5977 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5979 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5982 Extra indentation within blocks.
5984 dcl-continuation-offset
5985 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5988 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5990 dcl-margin-label-offset
5991 Indentation for a label.
5993 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5994 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5996 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5997 dcl-block-end-regexp
5998 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5999 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6000 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6001 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6002 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6004 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6005 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6006 Two such functions are included in the package:
6007 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6008 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6010 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6011 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6012 One such function is included in the package:
6013 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6015 dcl-tab-always-indent
6016 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6017 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6020 dcl-electric-characters
6021 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6024 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6025 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6026 which words trigger electric indentation.
6029 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6030 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6031 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6033 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6034 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6035 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6036 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6038 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6039 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6040 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6041 dcl-imenu-label-call
6042 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6044 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6045 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6046 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6047 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6050 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6052 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6053 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6054 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6056 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6057 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6061 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6062 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6063 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6064 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6065 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6066 \"lined up with the command line\"
6068 Data lines are not indented at all.
6069 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6074 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6075 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6081 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6082 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17438 58633))
6083 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6085 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6087 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6088 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6089 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6092 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6093 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6094 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6096 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6098 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6099 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6101 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6103 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6104 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6105 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6106 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6107 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6108 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6110 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6111 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6113 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6115 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6116 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6117 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6118 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6119 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6121 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6125 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6126 ;;;;;; (17383 32181))
6127 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6129 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6130 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6134 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6135 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6136 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6137 Upper-case letters are commands.
6139 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6142 The most useful commands are:
6143 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6144 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6145 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6146 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6147 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6148 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6154 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6155 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17383
6157 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6159 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6160 Customization of `columns' group.
6164 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6165 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6167 START and END delimits the text region.
6169 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6171 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6172 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6174 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6176 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6180 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17397
6182 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6184 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6185 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6186 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6187 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6188 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6189 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6191 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6195 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6196 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6197 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6198 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6199 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6200 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6201 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6202 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6203 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6204 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6205 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6206 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6208 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6209 Directories to search when finding external units.
6210 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6211 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6215 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6216 Face used to color delphi comments.
6217 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6218 Face used to color delphi strings.
6219 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6220 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6221 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6222 Face used to color everything else.
6224 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6225 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6227 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6231 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17383
6233 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6235 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6237 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6238 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6239 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6240 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6241 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6243 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
6245 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6246 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6247 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6250 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6251 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6252 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6259 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6260 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17383 32137))
6261 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6263 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6264 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6266 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6268 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6269 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6270 or nil if there is no parent.
6271 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6272 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6273 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6274 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6275 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6277 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6278 arguments are currently understood:
6280 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6281 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6283 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6284 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6286 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6287 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6289 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6291 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6293 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6294 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6295 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6297 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6298 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6300 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6301 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6302 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6304 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6305 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6307 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6308 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6310 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6312 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6314 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6315 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6316 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6317 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6318 the first time the mode is used.
6320 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6324 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6325 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17383 32095))
6326 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6328 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6329 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6330 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6331 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6332 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6335 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6337 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6338 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6339 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6340 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6341 character composition information (if relevant),
6342 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6348 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6349 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6350 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6351 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17578 34771))
6352 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6354 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6355 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6356 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6358 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
6360 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6361 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6362 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6363 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6364 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6365 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6369 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6370 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6371 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6372 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6374 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop")
6376 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6377 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6378 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6380 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6381 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6382 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6384 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6385 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6387 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6388 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6389 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6391 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6392 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6393 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6394 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6396 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6398 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6399 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6401 Handlers are called with argument list
6403 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6405 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6407 desktop-file-version
6408 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6409 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6410 desktop-buffer-point
6412 desktop-buffer-read-only
6413 desktop-buffer-locals
6415 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6416 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6418 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6421 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6423 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6424 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6426 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6428 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6430 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6431 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6432 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6433 List elements must have the form
6435 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6437 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6440 Handlers are called with argument list
6442 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6444 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6446 desktop-file-version
6447 desktop-buffer-file-name
6449 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6450 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6451 desktop-buffer-point
6453 desktop-buffer-read-only
6456 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6457 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6460 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6463 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6465 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6466 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6468 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6470 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6472 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6474 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6476 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6477 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6478 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6482 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6483 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6484 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6485 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6487 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6489 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6490 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6491 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6495 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6496 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6497 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6498 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6499 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6500 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6501 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6502 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6504 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6506 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6507 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6508 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6512 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6513 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6514 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6515 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6518 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6520 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6521 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6525 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6526 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6532 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6533 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6534 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17494 22065))
6535 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6537 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6538 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6539 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6540 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6541 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6542 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6544 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6546 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6547 Repair a broken attribution line.
6548 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6550 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6552 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6553 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6554 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6555 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6557 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6559 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6560 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6566 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6567 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17097 33525))
6568 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6570 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6572 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6575 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6577 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6584 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6585 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17521 64537))
6586 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6588 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6589 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6590 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6591 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6592 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6596 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6597 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6598 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6599 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6601 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6602 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6603 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6604 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6607 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6609 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6610 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6611 european-calendar-style t \\
6612 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6613 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6614 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6616 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6617 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6618 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6619 to run it every morning at 1am.
6621 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6623 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6624 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6630 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6631 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17578 34771))
6632 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6634 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6635 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6637 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
6639 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6640 *The command to use to run diff.")
6642 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
6644 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6645 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6646 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6647 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6648 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6649 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6651 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6653 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6654 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6655 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6656 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6657 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6658 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6660 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6664 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6665 ;;;;;; (17578 34771))
6666 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6668 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6669 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6670 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6672 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6673 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6674 headers for you on-the-fly.
6676 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6677 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6678 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6683 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6684 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6685 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6691 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6692 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6693 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6694 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6695 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17578 34771))
6696 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6698 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6699 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6700 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6701 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6702 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6703 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6704 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6705 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6707 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
6709 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6710 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6712 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6713 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6714 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6715 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6716 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6718 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6719 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6721 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6722 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6723 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6724 always set this variable to t.")
6726 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
6728 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6729 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6730 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6731 A value of t means move to first file.")
6733 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
6735 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6736 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6737 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6738 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6739 are afterward marked with that character.")
6741 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
6743 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6744 *Controls marking of copied files.
6745 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6746 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6748 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
6750 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6751 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6752 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6753 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6755 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
6757 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6758 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6759 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6760 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6762 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
6764 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6765 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6766 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6767 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6769 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6771 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
6773 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6774 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6775 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6777 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
6779 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6780 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6781 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6782 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6783 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6784 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6786 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6787 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6788 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6789 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6790 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6791 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6792 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6793 list of files to make directory entries for.
6794 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6795 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6796 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6797 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6799 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6801 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6802 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6804 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6805 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6807 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6808 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6810 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6811 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6813 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6815 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6816 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6818 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6820 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6821 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6822 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6823 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6824 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6825 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6826 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6827 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6828 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6829 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6830 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6831 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6832 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6833 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6834 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6835 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6836 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6837 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6838 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6839 to see why something went wrong.
6840 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6841 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6842 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6843 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6844 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6845 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6846 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6847 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6848 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6849 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6850 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6851 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6852 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6854 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6855 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6856 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6857 again for the directory tree.
6859 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6862 `dired-listing-switches'
6863 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6864 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6867 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6868 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6869 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6870 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6872 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6874 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6875 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6882 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6883 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6887 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6888 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6889 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6890 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6891 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6892 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6893 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6894 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6895 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6896 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6897 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6898 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6899 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6900 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17521 64535))
6901 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6903 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6904 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6905 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6906 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6907 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6908 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6909 which is options for `diff'.
6911 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6913 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6914 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6915 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6916 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6917 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6918 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6920 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6922 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
6923 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6924 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6925 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6926 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6927 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6928 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6930 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6932 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6933 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6934 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6935 returned by function `file-attributes'
6937 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6938 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6940 Examples of PREDICATE:
6942 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6943 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6944 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6945 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6946 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6948 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6950 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
6951 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6952 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6956 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
6957 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6961 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6962 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6964 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6966 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
6967 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6972 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6973 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6974 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6975 `lpr-switches' as default.
6977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6979 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6980 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6981 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6982 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6983 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6985 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6986 with a prefix argument.
6990 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6991 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6992 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6993 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6994 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6996 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6997 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6999 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7000 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7001 file name substituted for `?'.
7003 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7004 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7006 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7007 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7008 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7009 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7011 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7013 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7014 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7015 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7017 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7018 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7021 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7022 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7023 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7025 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7027 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7030 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7032 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7033 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7034 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7035 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7036 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7037 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7038 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7039 from the buffer as well.
7040 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7041 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7042 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7044 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7046 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7049 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7051 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7054 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7056 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7057 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7061 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7062 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7066 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7067 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7071 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7072 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7073 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7074 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7076 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7077 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7078 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7079 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7080 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7081 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7082 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7084 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7086 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7089 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7091 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7094 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7096 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7097 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7099 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7101 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7104 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7106 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7109 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7111 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7112 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7114 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7116 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7117 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7118 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7119 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7120 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7121 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7122 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7123 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7124 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7128 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7129 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7130 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7131 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7132 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7133 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7134 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7135 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7139 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7140 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7141 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7142 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7143 and new hard links are made in that directory
7144 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7145 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7146 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7150 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7151 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7152 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7153 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7154 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7155 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7156 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7160 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7161 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7163 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7164 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7165 file if none are marked.
7167 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7168 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7169 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7170 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7172 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7173 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7175 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7177 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7178 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7179 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7181 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7183 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7184 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7185 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7187 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7189 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7190 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7191 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7193 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7195 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7196 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7200 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7201 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7205 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7206 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7207 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7208 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7209 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7210 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7212 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7214 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7215 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7216 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7217 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7218 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7219 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7220 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7222 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7224 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7225 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7226 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7227 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7228 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7229 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7231 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7233 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7235 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7236 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7237 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7239 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7241 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7242 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7243 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7244 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7248 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7249 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7250 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7251 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7255 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7256 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7257 Lower levels are unaffected.
7259 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7261 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7262 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7266 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7267 Go down in the dired tree.
7271 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7272 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7273 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7274 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7278 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7279 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7280 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7281 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7285 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7286 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7287 Stops when a match is found.
7288 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7290 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7292 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7293 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7294 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7295 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7296 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7298 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7300 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7301 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7302 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7303 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7305 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7309 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17521 64536))
7310 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7312 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7313 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7314 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7315 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7316 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7317 buffer and try again.
7319 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7323 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17582 31039))
7324 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7326 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7327 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7328 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7330 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7332 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7333 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7335 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7336 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7338 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7342 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17383
7344 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7346 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7347 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7348 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7349 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7350 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7351 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7353 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7357 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7358 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7359 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7360 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7361 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17383 32097))
7362 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7364 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7365 Return a new, empty display table.
7369 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7370 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7371 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7372 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7373 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7375 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7377 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7378 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7379 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7380 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7381 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7383 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7385 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7386 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7390 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7391 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7395 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7396 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7400 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7401 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7405 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7406 Display character C using printable string S.
7410 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7411 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7412 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7413 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7415 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7417 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7418 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7419 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7422 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7424 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7425 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7427 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7429 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7430 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7432 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7434 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7435 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7437 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7438 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7439 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7440 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7442 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7443 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7444 European character display.
7446 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7447 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7448 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7449 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7451 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7452 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7453 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7454 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7455 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7461 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7462 ;;;;;; (17383 32181))
7463 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7465 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7466 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7467 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7468 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7469 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7470 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7471 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7478 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17521 64536))
7479 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7481 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file))) "\
7482 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7483 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7484 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7485 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7486 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7488 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7489 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7490 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7491 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7492 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7494 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd")
7498 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7499 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17383 32186))
7500 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7502 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7503 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7504 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7505 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7506 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7507 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7508 table and its own syntax table.
7510 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7514 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7515 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7518 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7522 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17365 2741))
7523 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7525 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7526 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7532 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7533 ;;;;;; (17383 32097))
7534 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7536 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7538 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7539 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7541 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
7543 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7545 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7547 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7548 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7554 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17582 28846))
7555 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7557 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7558 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7564 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7565 ;;;;;; (17383 32154))
7566 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7568 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7569 Play sounds in message buffers.
7575 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7576 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7577 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17585 4275))
7578 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7580 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7582 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7583 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7584 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7585 and toggle command MODE.
7587 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7588 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7589 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7590 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7591 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7592 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7593 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7594 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7597 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7598 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7599 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7600 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7601 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7602 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7603 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7604 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7605 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7606 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7607 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7608 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7609 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7610 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7611 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7612 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7613 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7615 For example, you could write
7616 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7617 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7620 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7622 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7624 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7625 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
7626 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7627 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7628 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7629 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7630 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7631 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7632 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7633 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7634 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7635 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7637 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7638 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7639 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7640 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7641 call another major mode in their body.
7643 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7645 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7646 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7647 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7648 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7649 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7650 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7651 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7653 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7655 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7658 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7660 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7661 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7662 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7664 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7668 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7669 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17383
7671 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7673 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7675 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7676 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7678 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7679 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7680 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7682 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7683 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7687 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7688 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7692 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7693 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7697 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7698 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7700 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7702 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7704 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7706 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7707 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7709 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7710 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7712 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7714 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7716 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7720 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7721 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7722 computed automatically.
7723 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7727 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7729 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7730 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7731 keyboard equivalent.
7735 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7736 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7740 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7741 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7745 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7746 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7750 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7754 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7755 radio: A radio button.
7756 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7757 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7759 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7763 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7764 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7768 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7770 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7771 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7772 as a solid horizontal line.
7774 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7776 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7778 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7781 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7783 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7784 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7785 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7786 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7788 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7790 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7791 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7792 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7793 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7794 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7795 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7797 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7798 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7799 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7801 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7802 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7804 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7808 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7809 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7810 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7811 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7812 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7813 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7814 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7815 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17397 61566))
7816 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7818 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7819 Customization for ebnf group.
7823 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7824 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7826 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7828 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7831 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7833 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7835 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7836 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7838 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7839 killed after process termination.
7841 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7843 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7845 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7846 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7848 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7849 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7852 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7853 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7854 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7855 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7857 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7859 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7860 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7861 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7863 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7865 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7866 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7868 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7870 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7873 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7875 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7877 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7878 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7880 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7881 killed after process termination.
7883 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7885 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7887 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7888 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7889 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7890 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7892 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7896 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7897 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7898 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7900 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7902 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7904 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7905 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7907 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7909 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7912 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7914 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7916 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7917 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7919 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7920 killed after EPS generation.
7922 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7924 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7926 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7927 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
7929 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7930 The EPS file name has the following form:
7932 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7934 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7935 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7937 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7938 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7939 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7940 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7942 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7946 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7947 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
7949 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7950 The EPS file name has the following form:
7952 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7954 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7955 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7957 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7958 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7959 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7960 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7962 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7964 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7966 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
7968 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7969 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7971 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7973 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7976 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7978 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7980 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7981 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
7983 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7984 killed after syntax checking.
7986 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7988 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7990 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7991 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7995 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7996 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
7998 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8000 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8001 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8005 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8006 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8008 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8010 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8012 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8015 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8019 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8020 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8022 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8024 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8026 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8027 Set STYLE as the current style.
8029 It returns the old style symbol.
8031 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8035 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8036 Reset current style.
8038 It returns the old style symbol.
8040 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8042 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8044 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8045 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
8047 It returns the old style symbol.
8049 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8051 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8053 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8054 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
8056 It returns the old style symbol.
8058 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8064 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8065 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8066 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8067 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8068 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8069 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8070 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8071 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8072 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8073 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8074 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17590
8076 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8078 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8079 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8080 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8081 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8082 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8083 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8085 Tree mode key bindings:
8086 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8090 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8091 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8095 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8096 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8098 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8102 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8103 View declaration of member at point.
8107 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8108 Find declaration of member at point.
8112 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8113 View definition of member at point.
8117 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8118 Find definition of member at point.
8122 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8123 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8127 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8128 View definition of member at point in other window.
8132 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8133 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8137 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8138 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8142 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8143 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8147 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8148 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8152 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8153 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8154 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8155 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8158 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8160 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8161 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8162 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8163 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8165 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8167 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8168 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8169 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8170 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8172 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8174 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8175 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8176 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8178 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8180 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8181 Search for call sites of a member.
8182 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8183 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8184 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8185 looks like a function call to the member.
8187 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8189 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8190 Move backward in the position stack.
8191 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8195 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8196 Move forward in the position stack.
8197 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8201 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8202 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8206 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8207 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8211 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8212 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8213 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8214 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8216 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8218 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8219 Display statistics for a class tree.
8225 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8226 ;;;;;; (17383 32098))
8227 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8229 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8230 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8231 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8232 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8234 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8235 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8236 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8238 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8239 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8240 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8242 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8244 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8250 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8251 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17383 32098))
8252 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8254 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8255 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8256 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8258 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8262 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8263 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8264 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17590 36099))
8265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8267 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8268 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8269 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8270 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8271 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8273 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8274 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8275 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8276 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8278 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
8280 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8281 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8282 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8283 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8285 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
8287 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8288 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8289 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8290 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8292 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8294 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8296 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8297 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8298 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8299 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8300 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8302 If you do this on a function definition
8303 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8304 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8305 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8306 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8308 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8309 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8310 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8311 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8316 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8317 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8321 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8322 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8328 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8329 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8330 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8331 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8332 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8333 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8334 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8335 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8336 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8337 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17578 34771))
8338 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8340 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8341 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8343 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8345 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8346 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8348 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8350 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8352 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8354 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8355 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8356 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8357 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8361 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8362 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8364 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8366 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8368 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8369 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8371 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8373 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8375 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8376 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8377 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8378 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8380 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8382 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8384 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8385 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8386 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8387 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8389 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8391 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8393 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8394 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8395 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8396 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8398 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8400 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8402 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8403 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8404 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8405 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8407 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8409 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8411 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8412 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8413 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8414 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8415 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8416 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8418 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8420 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8421 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8422 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8423 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8425 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8427 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8429 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8430 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8431 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8432 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8434 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8436 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8438 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8440 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8441 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8442 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8444 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8445 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8447 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8449 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8450 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8451 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8453 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8454 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8456 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8458 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8459 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8460 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8461 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8462 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8464 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8465 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8467 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8469 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8470 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8471 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8472 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8473 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8475 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8476 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8477 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8479 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8481 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8483 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8484 Merge two files without ancestor.
8486 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8488 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8489 Merge two files with ancestor.
8491 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8493 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8495 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8496 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8498 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8500 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8501 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8503 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8505 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8506 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8507 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8510 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8512 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8513 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8514 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8517 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8519 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8520 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8521 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8522 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8526 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8527 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8528 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8529 and don't ask the user.
8530 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8531 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8533 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8535 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8536 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8537 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8538 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8539 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8540 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8541 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8542 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8544 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8546 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8548 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8550 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8551 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8552 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8553 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8554 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8556 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8558 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8560 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8561 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8562 When called interactively, displays the version.
8566 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8567 Display Ediff's manual.
8568 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8570 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8574 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8575 ;;;;;; (17401 56225))
8576 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8578 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17401 56225))
8586 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8588 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8589 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8591 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8593 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8597 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8598 ;;;;;; (17578 34771))
8599 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8601 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8602 Display Ediff's registry.
8606 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8610 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8611 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17401 56227))
8612 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8614 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8615 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8616 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8621 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8622 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8623 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8624 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8630 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8631 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8632 ;;;;;; (17383 32100))
8633 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8635 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8636 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8637 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8639 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8640 Edit a keyboard macro.
8641 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8642 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8643 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8645 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8647 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8649 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8650 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8652 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8654 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8655 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8657 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8659 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8660 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8661 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8662 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8663 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8664 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8666 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8667 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8668 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8669 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8671 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8673 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8674 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8675 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8676 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8677 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8678 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8680 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8684 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8685 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17383 32143))
8686 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8688 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8690 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8691 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8693 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8695 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8696 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8702 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8703 ;;;;;; (17383 32100))
8704 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8706 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8707 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8708 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8709 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8710 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8711 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8712 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8713 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8715 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8716 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8718 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8719 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8720 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8721 this value is non-nil.
8723 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8724 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8725 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8727 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8728 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8729 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8731 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8733 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8736 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8740 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8741 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17383 32138))
8742 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8744 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8745 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8747 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
8749 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8750 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8751 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8752 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8753 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8754 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8755 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8757 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8761 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8762 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8766 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8767 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8768 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8769 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8770 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8771 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8774 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8775 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8779 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17383
8781 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8783 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8784 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8786 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8787 an elided material again.
8789 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8795 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8796 ;;;;;; (17383 32138))
8797 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8799 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8806 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8807 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17383
8809 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8811 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8812 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8813 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8815 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8817 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8818 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8819 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8821 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8823 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8824 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8825 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8827 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8829 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8831 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8832 Display current profiling results.
8833 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8834 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8841 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8842 ;;;;;; (17383 32168))
8843 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8845 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8846 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8847 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8849 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8853 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8854 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8855 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8856 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8857 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17167 12307))
8858 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8860 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8861 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8862 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8863 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8864 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8865 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8866 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8867 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8868 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8869 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8870 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8871 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8872 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8873 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8874 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8875 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8877 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8878 Run Emerge on two files.
8880 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8882 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8883 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8885 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8887 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8888 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8890 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8892 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8893 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8895 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8897 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8902 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
8907 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
8910 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8912 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
8915 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8917 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
8918 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8920 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8922 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8923 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8925 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8927 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
8930 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8934 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8935 ;;;;;; (17097 33520))
8936 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8938 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
8939 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
8940 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8941 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8942 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
8944 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
8946 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
8947 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
8948 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
8950 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
8951 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
8954 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
8955 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
8956 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
8958 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8962 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8963 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17383 32186))
8964 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8966 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
8967 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8968 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8969 text/enriched format.
8970 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8972 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8973 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8977 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8981 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
8984 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8986 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
8989 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8993 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-select erc-select-read-args) "erc" "erc/erc.el"
8994 ;;;;;; (17484 52428))
8995 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8997 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
8998 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9002 (autoload (quote erc-select) "erc" "\
9003 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
9004 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
9005 (server (erc-compute-server))
9006 (port (erc-compute-port))
9007 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9009 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9011 That is, if called with
9012 (erc-select :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9013 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9014 erc-compute-port, erc-compute-nick and erc-compute-full-name will
9015 be invoked for those parameters' values
9017 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17397
9023 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9024 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17457 37501))
9029 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9030 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17372 48745))
9035 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9036 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9040 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9041 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17397 61550))
9042 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9044 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9045 Parser for /dcc command.
9046 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9047 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9048 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9050 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9052 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9053 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9057 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9058 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9060 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9061 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9062 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9065 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9069 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9070 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9071 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9072 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9073 ;;;;;; (17484 52428))
9074 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9076 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9077 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9079 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9081 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9082 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9083 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9084 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9086 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9088 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9091 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9093 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9094 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9096 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9098 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9099 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9101 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9103 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9104 Reset the EZBounce session list to NIL.
9106 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9108 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9109 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9111 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9113 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9114 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9116 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9118 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9119 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9121 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9123 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9124 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9128 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9129 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9135 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17397
9137 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9138 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9140 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9141 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9142 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17391
9150 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9151 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9155 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9156 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17457 37501))
9157 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9159 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9160 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9161 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9162 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9163 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9164 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9167 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9169 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9172 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9176 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9177 ;;;;;; (17397 61551))
9178 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9180 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17484 52428))
9188 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9189 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9193 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-chanlist erc-list-channels) "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el"
9194 ;;;;;; (17397 61551))
9195 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9196 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9198 (autoload (quote erc-list-channels) "erc-list" "\
9199 Display a buffer containing a list of channels on the current server.
9200 Optional argument CHANNEL specifies a single channel to list (instead of every
9203 \(fn &rest CHANNEL)" t nil)
9205 (autoload (quote erc-chanlist) "erc-list" "\
9206 Show a channel listing of the current server in a special mode.
9207 Please note that this function only works with IRC servers which conform
9208 to RFC and send the LIST header (#321) at start of list transmission.
9210 \(fn &optional CHANNELS)" t nil)
9214 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9215 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17397 61551))
9216 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9217 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9219 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9220 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9221 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9222 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9223 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9224 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9226 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9228 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9229 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9230 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9231 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9233 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9234 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9237 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9238 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9240 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9244 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9245 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9246 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9247 ;;;;;; (17397 61551))
9248 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9249 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9251 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9252 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9256 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9257 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9261 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9262 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9266 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9267 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9271 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9272 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9276 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9277 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9281 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9282 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9286 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9287 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9293 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9294 ;;;;;; (17484 52428))
9295 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9296 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9298 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9305 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9306 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17391 39324))
9307 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9309 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9310 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9311 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9312 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9316 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9317 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9323 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9324 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17397 61552))
9325 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9326 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9328 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9329 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9330 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9331 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9333 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9335 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17397 61552))
9343 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9344 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17397
9350 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9351 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17397 61552))
9356 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9357 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17397 61552))
9362 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9363 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9367 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9368 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17391 39324))
9369 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9370 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9372 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9373 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9377 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9378 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9379 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9381 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17397 61552))
9386 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9387 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9391 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9392 ;;;;;; (17397 61552))
9393 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9395 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9396 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9397 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17397
9405 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9406 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17397 61552))
9411 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9412 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17397 61552))
9417 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9418 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9419 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9423 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9424 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17397 61552))
9425 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9426 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9428 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9429 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9430 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9431 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9433 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9435 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9436 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9437 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9443 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9444 ;;;;;; (17397 61553))
9445 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9447 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9448 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9454 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17383
9456 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9458 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9459 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9467 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17383
9469 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9471 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9472 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9478 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9479 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17432 37360))
9480 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9482 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9483 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9484 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9485 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9486 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9487 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9488 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9489 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9490 buffer selected (or created).
9492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9494 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9495 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9496 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9498 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9500 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9501 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9502 The result might be any Lisp object.
9503 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9504 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9505 corresponding to a successful execution.
9507 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9509 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9510 Report a bug in Eshell.
9511 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9512 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9518 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9519 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9520 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9521 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9522 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9523 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9524 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9525 ;;;;;; (17420 36090))
9526 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9528 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9529 *File name of tags table.
9530 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9531 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9532 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9533 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9535 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9536 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9537 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9538 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9540 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
9542 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9543 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9544 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9545 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9546 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9547 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9549 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
9551 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9552 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9553 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9554 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9555 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9556 `auto-compression-mode').")
9558 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
9560 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9561 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9562 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9563 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9564 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9566 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
9568 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9569 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9570 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9571 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9573 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
9575 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9576 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9577 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9578 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9579 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9581 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
9583 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9584 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9588 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9589 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9590 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9591 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9593 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9594 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9595 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9596 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9597 file the tag was in.
9599 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9601 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9602 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9603 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9604 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9605 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9606 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9607 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9608 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9609 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9611 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9613 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9614 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9615 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9616 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9617 without directory names.
9621 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9622 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9623 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9624 but does not select the buffer.
9625 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9627 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9628 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9629 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9630 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9631 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9633 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9635 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9636 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9637 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9639 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9641 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9643 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9644 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9645 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9646 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9648 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9649 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9650 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9651 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9652 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9654 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9656 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9657 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9658 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9660 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9662 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9663 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9665 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9666 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9667 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9668 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9669 around or before point.
9671 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9672 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9673 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9674 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9675 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9677 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9679 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9680 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9681 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9683 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9685 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9686 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9688 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9689 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9690 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9691 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9692 around or before point.
9694 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9695 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9696 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9697 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9698 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9700 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9702 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9703 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9704 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9706 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9708 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9709 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9711 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9712 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9713 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9715 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9716 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9717 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9718 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9719 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9721 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9723 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9724 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9725 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9727 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9729 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9730 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9731 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9733 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9734 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9736 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9737 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9738 where they were found.
9742 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9743 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9745 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9746 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9747 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9749 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9750 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9752 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9753 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9755 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9757 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9758 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9759 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9760 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9762 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9763 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9764 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9765 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9766 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9768 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9769 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9771 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9772 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9773 Stops when a match is found.
9774 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9776 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9778 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9780 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9781 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9782 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9783 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9784 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9786 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9788 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9790 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9791 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9792 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9793 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9794 directory specification.
9796 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9798 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9799 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9801 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9803 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9804 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9805 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9806 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9810 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9811 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9812 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9813 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9814 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9820 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9821 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9822 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9823 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9824 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9825 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9826 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9827 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17578 34777))
9828 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9830 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9835 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9836 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9837 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9838 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9840 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9841 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9844 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9845 even if the buffer is read-only.
9847 See also the descriptions of the variables
9848 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9849 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9851 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9853 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9854 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9856 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9857 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9859 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
9860 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9863 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
9864 buffer is read-only.
9866 See also the descriptions of the variables
9867 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9868 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9870 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9872 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9873 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9874 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9878 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9879 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
9881 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
9882 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
9884 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
9885 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
9887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9889 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9890 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9891 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9892 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9894 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9896 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
9897 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9898 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9899 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9901 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
9902 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
9903 the primary language.
9905 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9906 buffer is read-only.
9908 See also the descriptions of the variables
9909 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9910 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9912 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9914 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9915 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9916 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9917 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9919 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9920 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
9923 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9924 buffer is read-only.
9926 See also the descriptions of the variables
9927 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9928 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9930 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9932 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9933 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9934 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9938 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9939 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
9941 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
9942 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
9943 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
9944 3) convert the body into SERA.
9946 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
9950 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9951 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9952 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9954 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9956 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
9957 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9961 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
9962 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9964 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9965 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
9968 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9969 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9970 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9972 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
9974 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9976 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
9977 Allow the user to input special characters.
9981 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9982 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9983 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
9987 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9988 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9992 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9993 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9995 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9996 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9998 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9999 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10003 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10004 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10008 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10009 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10013 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10014 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10020 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10021 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10022 ;;;;;; (17383 32175))
10023 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10025 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10026 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10027 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10028 server for future sessions.
10030 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10032 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10033 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10034 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10036 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10038 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10039 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10040 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10042 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10044 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10045 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10046 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10047 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10048 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10049 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10050 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10051 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10052 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10053 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10054 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10055 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10057 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10059 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10060 Display a form to query the directory server.
10061 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10062 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10064 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10066 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10067 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10068 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10072 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads
))) (if eudc-xemacs-p
(if (and (featurep (quote menubar
)) (not (featurep (quote infodock
)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu
)) (require (quote easymenu
)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item
)) (easy-menu-add-item nil
(quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps
)) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
10076 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10077 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10078 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17383 32175))
10079 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10081 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary
) "eudc-bob" "\
10082 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10084 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10086 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url
) "eudc-bob" "\
10087 Display URL and make it clickable.
10089 \(fn URL)" nil nil
)
10091 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail
) "eudc-bob" "\
10092 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10094 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
10096 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound
) "eudc-bob" "\
10097 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10099 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10101 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline
) "eudc-bob" "\
10102 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10104 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10106 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
) "eudc-bob" "\
10107 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10109 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10113 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10114 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17383 32175))
10115 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10117 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
) "eudc-export" "\
10118 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10119 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10123 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert
) "eudc-export" "\
10124 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10130 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10131 ;;;;;; (17383 32175))
10132 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10134 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist
) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10135 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10141 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17578
10143 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10145 (autoload (quote ewoc-create
) "ewoc" "\
10146 Create an empty ewoc.
10148 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10150 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10151 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10152 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10153 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10154 `insert-before-markers'.
10156 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10157 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10158 respectively, of the ewoc.
10160 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10161 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10162 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10164 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
10168 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10169 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10170 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10171 ;;;;;; (17397 61567))
10172 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10174 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p
) "executable" "\
10175 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10176 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10178 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
10180 (autoload (quote executable-interpret
) "executable" "\
10181 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10182 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10183 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10184 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10186 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
10188 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic
) "executable" "\
10189 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10190 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10191 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10192 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10195 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
10197 (autoload (quote executable-self-display
) "executable" "\
10198 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10199 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10203 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
) "executable" "\
10204 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10205 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10212 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10213 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17383 32101))
10214 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10216 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs
) "expand" "\
10217 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10218 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10219 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10221 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10223 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10224 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10225 to generate such functions.
10227 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10228 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10229 beginning of the expanded text.
10231 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10232 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10233 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10234 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10236 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10238 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
10240 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot
) "expand" "\
10241 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10242 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10246 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot
) "expand" "\
10247 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10248 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10251 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
10252 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
10256 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17397 61567))
10257 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10259 (autoload (quote f90-mode
) "f90" "\
10260 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10261 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10263 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10264 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10265 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10267 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10272 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10275 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10277 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10279 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10280 `f90-program-indent'
10281 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10283 `f90-continuation-indent'
10284 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10285 `f90-comment-region'
10286 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10287 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10288 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10289 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10291 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10292 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10293 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10294 `f90-break-delimiters'
10295 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10296 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10297 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10298 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10300 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10301 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10303 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10304 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10305 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10306 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10307 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10308 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10309 `f90-leave-line-no'
10310 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10312 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10313 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10319 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10320 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10321 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10322 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10323 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17578 34771))
10324 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10325 (define-key global-map
"\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap
)
10326 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
10328 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face
))) map
) "\
10329 Menu keymap for faces.")
10331 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu
) facemenu-face-menu
)
10333 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground
))) map
) "\
10334 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10336 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu
) facemenu-foreground-menu
)
10338 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background
))) map
) "\
10339 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10341 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu
) facemenu-background-menu
)
10343 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10344 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10346 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10348 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10349 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10351 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10353 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10354 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10356 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10358 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10359 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10361 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10363 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10365 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10367 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10369 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10370 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
10371 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
10372 will not show through at all will be removed.
10374 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
10376 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10377 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10380 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10381 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10382 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10384 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10386 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10387 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10388 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10390 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10391 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10394 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10395 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10396 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10398 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10400 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10401 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10402 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10404 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10405 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10408 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10409 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10410 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10412 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10414 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10415 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10416 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10417 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10418 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10419 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10420 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10422 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10423 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10426 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10427 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10428 to insert cancels the specification.
10430 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10432 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10433 Make the region invisible.
10434 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10435 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10437 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10439 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10440 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10441 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10442 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10444 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10446 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10447 Make the region unmodifiable.
10448 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10449 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10451 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10453 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10454 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10456 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10458 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10459 Remove all text properties from the region.
10461 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10463 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10464 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10465 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10467 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10469 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10470 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10472 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10474 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10475 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10476 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10477 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10478 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10479 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10481 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10485 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10486 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17383 32179))
10487 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10489 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
10490 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10491 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10492 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10494 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10496 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10497 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10498 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10500 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10501 - When you save the file's buffer.
10502 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10503 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10504 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10505 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10507 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10509 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10510 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10511 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10512 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10516 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
10517 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10521 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
10525 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10526 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10527 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17259 50162))
10528 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10530 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10531 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10532 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10533 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10537 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10538 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
10540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10542 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10543 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
10544 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10545 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10549 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10550 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10551 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10552 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10553 backup file names and the like).
10555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10557 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10558 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10559 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10560 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10561 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
10562 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10563 internally by feedmail):
10565 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10566 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10567 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10568 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10570 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
10571 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10572 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10573 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
10574 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
10576 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10580 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10581 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17401 56228))
10582 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10584 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10585 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10586 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10587 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10588 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10589 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10590 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10592 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10594 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10595 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10596 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10597 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10598 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10599 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10600 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10602 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10604 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10606 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10607 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10608 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10609 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10610 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10611 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10613 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10615 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10616 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10617 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10619 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10620 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10625 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10626 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10628 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10630 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10631 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10637 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
10638 ;;;;;; (17383 32101))
10639 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10641 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10642 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10643 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10644 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10645 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10646 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10647 \(directories) is done.
10650 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10651 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10652 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10656 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17383
10658 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10660 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10661 Filesets initialization.
10662 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17585 4276))
10669 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10670 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10674 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10675 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10676 ;;;;;; (17383 32102))
10677 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10679 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10680 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10681 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10682 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10683 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10685 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
10687 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10688 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10689 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10690 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10691 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10693 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired")
10695 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10696 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10697 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10698 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10700 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
10702 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10703 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10704 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10706 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10708 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10709 as the final argument.
10711 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10713 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10714 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10715 and run dired on those files.
10716 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10717 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10719 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10721 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10723 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10724 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10725 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10727 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10729 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10731 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10735 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10736 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10737 ;;;;;; (17383 32102))
10738 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10740 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
10741 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
10742 Specifies how to recognize special constructs such as include files
10743 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
10746 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10747 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10748 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10750 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10752 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10754 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10756 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10757 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10758 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10760 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10761 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10763 Variables of interest include:
10765 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10766 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10767 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10769 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10770 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10771 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10773 - `ff-ignore-include'
10774 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10776 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10777 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10780 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10782 - `ff-special-constructs'
10783 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10784 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10785 extracting the filename from that construct.
10787 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10788 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10790 - `ff-search-directories'
10791 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10792 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10794 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10795 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10797 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10798 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10800 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10801 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10803 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10804 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10806 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10807 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10809 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10811 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10812 Visit the file you click on.
10814 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10816 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
10817 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10819 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10823 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10824 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10825 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10826 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10827 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10828 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10829 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17590 36099))
10830 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10832 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
10833 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10835 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10837 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
10838 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10839 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10840 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10842 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10843 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10844 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10845 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10847 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10849 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
10850 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10852 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10853 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10854 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10855 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10857 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10858 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
10861 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10863 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
10864 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10866 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10867 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10868 places point before the definition.
10869 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10871 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10872 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10873 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10875 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10877 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
10878 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10880 See `find-function' for more details.
10882 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10884 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10885 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10887 See `find-function' for more details.
10889 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10891 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
10892 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10894 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10895 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10896 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10898 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10899 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10901 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10903 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
10904 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
10906 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10907 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10908 places point before the definition.
10910 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10912 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10913 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10914 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10916 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10918 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
10919 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10921 See `find-variable' for more details.
10923 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10925 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10926 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10928 See `find-variable' for more details.
10930 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10932 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
10933 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10934 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10935 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10936 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10937 buffer nor display it.
10939 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10940 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10942 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10944 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
10945 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10947 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10948 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10949 places point before the definition.
10951 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10953 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10954 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10955 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10959 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
10960 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10961 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10965 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
10966 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10970 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
10971 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10975 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
10976 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10982 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10983 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17397 61540))
10984 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10986 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
10987 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10989 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10991 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
10992 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10996 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
10997 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10999 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11003 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11004 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17466 42705))
11005 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11007 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11008 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11012 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11013 Display FILE's commentary section.
11014 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11018 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11019 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11025 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11026 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17383 32103))
11027 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11029 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11030 Toggle flow control handling.
11031 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11032 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11034 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11036 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11037 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11038 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11039 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11040 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11041 to get the effect of a C-q.
11043 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11047 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11048 ;;;;;; (17484 52429))
11049 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11051 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11054 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11056 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11059 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11063 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11064 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17397 61567))
11065 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11067 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11068 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11069 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11070 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11072 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11074 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11075 Turn flymake mode on.
11079 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11080 Turn flymake mode off.
11086 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11087 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11088 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17578 34779))
11089 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11091 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11092 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11095 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11097 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11098 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11099 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11100 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11101 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11102 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11105 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11106 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11107 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11108 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11111 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11114 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11115 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11116 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11118 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11120 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11121 in your .emacs file.
11123 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11124 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11128 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11129 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11133 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11134 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11138 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11139 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11143 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11144 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11146 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11148 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11149 Flyspell whole buffer.
11155 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11156 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11157 ;;;;;; (17487 53545))
11158 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11160 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11161 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11165 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11166 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11170 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11171 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11173 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11174 of two major techniques:
11176 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11177 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11178 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11180 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11181 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11182 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11185 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11186 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11187 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11188 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11189 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11192 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11193 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11195 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11197 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11198 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11199 \(This is the default.)
11201 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11202 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11204 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11205 \\{follow-mode-map}
11207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11209 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11210 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11212 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11213 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11214 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11215 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11216 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11217 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11219 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11220 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11221 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11223 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11224 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11225 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11231 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17383
11233 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11235 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11236 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11237 \\<message-mode-map>
11241 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11242 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11243 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11244 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11245 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11246 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11252 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11253 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17383 32104))
11254 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11256 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11257 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11259 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11260 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11261 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11262 C-c < forms-first-record <
11263 C-c > forms-last-record >
11264 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11265 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11266 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11267 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11268 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11269 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11270 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11271 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11272 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11273 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11275 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11277 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11278 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11282 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11283 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11289 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11290 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17358 25800))
11291 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11293 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11294 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11295 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11296 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11297 with a character in column 6.")
11299 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
11301 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11302 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11303 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11305 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11306 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11308 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11311 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11313 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11315 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11316 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11317 `fortran-do-indent'
11318 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11319 `fortran-if-indent'
11320 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11321 `fortran-structure-indent'
11322 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11324 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11325 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11326 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11327 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11328 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11329 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11330 nil don't change the indentation
11331 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11333 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11334 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11335 depending on the continuation format in use.
11336 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11337 indentation for a line of code.
11339 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11340 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11341 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11342 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11343 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11344 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11345 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11346 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11347 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11348 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11350 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11351 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11352 statements (default nil).
11353 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11354 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11355 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11356 `fortran-continuation-string'
11357 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11358 line (default \"$\").
11359 `fortran-comment-region'
11360 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11361 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11362 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11363 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11364 as typed (default t).
11365 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11366 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11368 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11369 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11375 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11376 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17383 32182))
11377 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11379 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11380 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11382 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11383 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11385 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11387 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11388 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11390 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11391 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11393 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11395 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11396 Compile fortune file.
11398 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11399 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11401 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11403 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11404 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11406 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11407 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11408 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11409 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11411 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11413 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11414 Display a fortune cookie.
11416 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11417 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11418 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11419 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11421 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11425 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11426 ;;;;;; (17578 34779))
11427 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11429 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11430 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11431 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11432 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11434 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11435 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11436 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11437 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11439 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11440 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11441 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11442 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11443 some of the buffers.
11445 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11447 The following commands help control operation :
11449 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11450 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11452 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11453 detailed description of this mode.
11456 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11458 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11459 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11463 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11464 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11465 | | (comint-mode) |
11472 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11473 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11474 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11475 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11476 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11477 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11479 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11481 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11482 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-ring'.")
11484 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui")
11488 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11489 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17383
11491 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11493 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11494 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11495 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11496 instead (which see).")
11498 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11499 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11501 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11502 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11503 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11504 documentation string instead.
11506 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11507 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11508 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11509 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11510 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11511 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11512 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11513 enders are actually possible.
11515 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11516 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11518 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11519 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11520 `font-lock-keywords'.
11522 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11523 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11524 runs the macro expansion.
11526 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11527 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11528 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11530 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11532 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11534 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11535 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11537 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11539 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11540 Enter generic mode MODE.
11542 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11543 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11544 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11546 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11547 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11551 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11552 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11553 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11554 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11555 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11556 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11557 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11558 `font-lock-keywords'.
11560 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11564 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11565 ;;;;;; (17420 36091))
11566 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11568 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11569 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11570 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11571 at places they belong to.
11573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11577 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11578 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17521 64537))
11579 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11581 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11582 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11584 Guideline for numbers:
11585 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11586 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11589 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11591 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11592 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11593 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11595 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11597 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11598 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11600 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11602 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11603 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11605 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11606 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11607 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11608 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11609 and all following elements are passed a the PROPS argument to the
11610 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11612 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11613 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11614 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11615 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11616 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11618 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11620 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11624 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11625 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17432 37362))
11626 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11628 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11629 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11633 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11635 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11636 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11637 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11638 name of an NNTP server to use.
11639 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11642 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11644 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11645 Read news as a slave.
11647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11649 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11650 Pop up a frame to read news.
11651 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11652 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11653 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11654 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11655 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11656 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11657 current display is used.
11659 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11661 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11663 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11664 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11665 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11667 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11671 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11672 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11673 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11674 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11675 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11676 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17578 34776))
11677 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11679 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11680 Start Gnus unplugged.
11684 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11685 Start Gnus plugged.
11689 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11690 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11694 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11695 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11697 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11698 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11699 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11701 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11702 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11703 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11707 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11708 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11712 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11713 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11714 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11715 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11716 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11719 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11721 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11722 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11723 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11724 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11725 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11728 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11730 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11731 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11735 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11736 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11737 downloaded into the agent.
11739 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11741 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11742 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11743 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11744 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11746 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11748 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11749 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11753 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11754 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11758 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11759 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11760 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11762 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11766 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11767 ;;;;;; (17578 34776))
11768 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11770 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11771 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11777 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11778 ;;;;;; (17383 32155))
11779 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11781 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11782 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11788 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11789 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11790 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17383
11792 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11794 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11795 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11798 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11802 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11803 Generate the cache active file.
11805 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11807 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11808 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11812 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11813 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11814 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11815 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11816 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11819 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11821 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11822 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11823 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11824 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11825 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11828 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11832 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11833 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17383 32155))
11834 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11836 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
11837 Delay this article by some time.
11838 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11840 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11841 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11843 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11844 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11846 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11847 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11849 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11851 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
11852 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11856 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
11857 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11858 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11859 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11861 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11862 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11864 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11868 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11869 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17578 34776))
11870 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11872 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
11875 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11877 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
11880 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11884 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11885 ;;;;;; (17383 32155))
11886 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11888 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
11889 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11895 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11896 ;;;;;; (17420 36082))
11897 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11899 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
11900 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11906 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11907 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11908 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17466
11910 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11912 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11913 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11917 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
11918 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11922 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11923 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11927 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11928 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11932 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
11933 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11934 The PNG is returned as a string.
11936 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11938 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11939 Convert FILE to a Face.
11940 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11943 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11947 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11948 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17578 34776))
11949 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11951 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
11952 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11953 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11955 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11957 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
11958 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11960 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11964 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11965 ;;;;;; (17383 32156))
11966 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11968 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
11970 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
11971 Run batched scoring.
11972 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11978 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11979 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11980 ;;;;;; (17578 34776))
11981 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11983 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11988 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
11989 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11990 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11992 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11994 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11995 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11997 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12003 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12004 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12005 ;;;;;; (17383 32157))
12006 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12008 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12009 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12010 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12011 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12014 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12015 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12016 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12017 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12019 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12020 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12021 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12022 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12023 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12024 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12025 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12026 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12027 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12028 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12030 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12032 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12033 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12034 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12037 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12038 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12040 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12042 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12043 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12044 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12046 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12050 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12051 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12052 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12054 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12056 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12057 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12058 existing groups are considered.
12060 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12061 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12064 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12065 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12066 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12067 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12068 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12069 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12070 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12071 clauses will be generated.
12073 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12074 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12075 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12076 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12077 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12078 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12080 For example, given the following group parameters:
12083 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12084 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12086 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12087 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12088 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12089 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12091 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12093 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12095 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12097 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12098 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12101 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12105 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12106 ;;;;;; (17383 32157))
12107 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12109 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12110 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12111 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12113 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12117 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12118 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17383 32157))
12119 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12121 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12122 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12123 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12124 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12126 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12128 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12131 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12133 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12134 Like `message-reply'.
12136 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12138 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12142 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12143 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17432 37361))
12144 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12146 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12147 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12151 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12152 Load the NoCeM cache.
12158 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12159 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12160 ;;;;;; (17383 32157))
12161 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12163 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12164 Display picons in the From header.
12165 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12169 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12170 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12171 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12175 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12176 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12177 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12183 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12184 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12185 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12186 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12187 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17383 32157))
12188 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12190 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12191 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12192 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12193 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12195 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12197 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12198 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12199 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12202 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12204 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12205 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12206 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12208 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12210 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12213 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12215 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12216 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12217 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12219 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12221 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12222 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12223 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12225 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12227 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12229 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12230 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12231 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12233 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12235 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12236 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12237 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12239 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12241 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12242 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12243 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12245 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12247 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12248 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12250 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12254 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12255 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17383 32157))
12256 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12258 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12263 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12264 Install the registry hooks.
12270 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12271 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17484
12273 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12275 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12276 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12277 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12278 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12279 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12280 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12284 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12285 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12286 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12287 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12288 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12292 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12299 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12300 ;;;;;; (17383 32158))
12301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12303 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12304 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12305 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12306 for matching on group names.
12308 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12309 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12311 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12313 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12319 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12320 ;;;;;; (17383 32158))
12321 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12323 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12324 Update the format specification near point.
12330 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12331 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17432
12333 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12335 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12336 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12338 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12340 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12347 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12348 ;;;;;; (17383 32159))
12349 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12351 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12352 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12354 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12358 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17383 32182))
12359 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12361 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12362 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12364 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12365 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12366 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12368 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12369 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12370 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12372 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12373 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12375 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12376 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12378 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12380 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12384 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12385 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17582 28846))
12386 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12388 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12390 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12391 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12392 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12393 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12394 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12396 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12398 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12399 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12400 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12402 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12403 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12405 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12406 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12409 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12413 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12414 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12415 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17590 36100))
12416 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12418 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12419 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12421 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep")
12423 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12424 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12425 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12426 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12427 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12429 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12430 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12432 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep")
12434 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12435 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12436 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12437 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12439 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep")
12441 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12442 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12444 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep")
12446 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12447 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12449 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12450 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12451 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12453 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12454 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12455 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12457 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12458 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12460 If nil, it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12461 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12463 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12465 (defvar grep-history nil)
12467 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12469 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12470 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12471 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12475 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12480 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12481 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12485 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12486 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12487 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12488 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12489 where grep found matches.
12491 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12492 easily repeat a grep command.
12494 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12495 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12496 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12497 if that history list is empty).
12499 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12501 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12502 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12503 Collect output in a buffer.
12504 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12505 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12507 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12508 easily repeat a find command.
12510 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12512 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12514 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12515 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in current directory.
12516 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12517 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12518 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12520 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12521 before it is executed.
12522 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12524 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12525 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12526 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12528 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12530 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES)" t nil)
12532 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12533 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12534 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12535 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12536 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12538 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12539 before it is executed.
12540 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12542 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12543 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12544 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12546 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12548 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12552 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17383 32104))
12553 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12555 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12556 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12557 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12558 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12559 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12561 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12565 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
12566 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17578 34779))
12567 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12569 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12570 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12571 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12572 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12573 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12574 `gdba' for more information.
12576 To run GDB in text command mode, set `gud-gdb-command-name' to
12577 \"gdb --fullname\" and include the pathname, if necessary.
12579 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12581 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12582 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12583 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12584 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12586 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12588 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12589 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12590 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12591 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12593 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12595 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12596 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12597 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12598 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12600 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12601 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12603 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12605 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12606 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12607 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12608 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12610 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12612 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12613 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12614 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12615 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12617 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12619 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12620 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12621 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12622 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12623 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12625 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12626 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12627 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12628 original source file access method.
12630 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12631 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12633 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12635 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12636 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12637 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12638 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12640 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12641 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12643 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12645 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12646 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12652 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17383
12654 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12656 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12657 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12658 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12659 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12661 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12662 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12663 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12664 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12670 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12671 ;;;;;; (17590 36100))
12672 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12674 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12675 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12677 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12679 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12680 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12681 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12682 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12684 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12688 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12689 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12690 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12691 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12698 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12699 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12700 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12701 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17383 32104))
12702 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12704 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12705 Return the help-echo string at point.
12706 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12707 property, or nil, is returned.
12708 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12709 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12710 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12712 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12714 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12715 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12716 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12717 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12718 this produces no string either, return nil.
12722 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12723 Display local help in the echo area.
12724 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12725 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12726 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12729 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12730 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12731 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12733 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12735 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12736 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12737 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12741 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12742 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12743 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12747 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12748 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12749 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12750 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12751 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12752 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12753 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12754 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12755 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12756 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12757 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12759 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12760 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12761 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12762 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12763 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12765 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12766 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12767 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12768 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12769 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12770 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12771 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12772 The default is `never'.")
12774 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt")
12776 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12777 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12778 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12779 hook.variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12780 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12781 considered different regions.
12783 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12784 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12785 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12786 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12787 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12788 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12789 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12790 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12791 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12793 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12795 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12796 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12797 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12798 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12801 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12802 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12803 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12804 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12805 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12806 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12807 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12808 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12810 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12811 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12812 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12813 rarely happens in practice.
12815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12817 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12818 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12819 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12820 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12821 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12822 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12828 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12829 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12830 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function help-with-tutorial) "help-fns"
12831 ;;;;;; "help-fns.el" (17590 36098))
12832 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12834 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
12835 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
12836 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
12837 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
12838 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
12839 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
12841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12843 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
12844 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12846 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12848 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12849 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12850 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12852 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12854 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12855 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
12857 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12859 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
12862 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12864 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
12865 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
12866 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12867 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12869 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12871 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
12872 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12873 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12874 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
12875 it is displayed along with the global value.
12877 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12879 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
12880 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12881 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12882 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12884 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12886 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
12887 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12888 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12889 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12890 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12892 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12896 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12897 ;;;;;; (17383 32105))
12898 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12900 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12901 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12902 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
12903 and window listing and describing the options.
12904 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
12905 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
12907 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
12911 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12912 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
12913 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17590 36098))
12914 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12916 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
12917 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12918 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12924 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
12929 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
12934 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
12935 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12937 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12938 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12939 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12940 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12942 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12943 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12944 restore it properly when going back.
12946 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12948 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
12949 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12951 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12952 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12953 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12954 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12955 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12956 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12957 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12958 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12960 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12961 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12962 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12963 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12965 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12966 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12969 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12971 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12972 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12973 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12974 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12975 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12976 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12978 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12980 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12981 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12982 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12983 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12984 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12986 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12988 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
12989 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12991 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12995 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12996 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17590 36099))
12997 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12999 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13000 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13004 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13005 Provide help for current mode.
13011 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13012 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17585 4275))
13013 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13015 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13016 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13017 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13018 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13019 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13021 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13022 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13024 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13025 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13026 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13027 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13029 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13030 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13033 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13038 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13039 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13040 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13041 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13042 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13043 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13044 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13045 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13046 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13047 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13048 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13049 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13050 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13051 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13052 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13054 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
13055 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13056 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13058 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13061 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13063 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13064 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13065 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13067 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13068 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13069 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13071 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13072 into the buffer at the current point.
13074 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13075 into the buffer at the current point.
13077 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13078 into the buffer at the current point.
13080 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13082 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13083 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13085 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13087 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13091 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13092 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13093 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13094 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13096 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13098 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13099 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13100 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13106 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13107 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13108 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13109 ;;;;;; (17383 32105))
13110 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13112 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13113 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13115 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13116 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13117 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13118 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13119 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13120 called interactively, are:
13122 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13123 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13125 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13126 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13127 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13128 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13130 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13131 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13133 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13134 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13136 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13137 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13138 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13139 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13140 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13141 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13143 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13144 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13146 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13147 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13149 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13150 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13151 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13152 Patterns will be read until
13154 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13158 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13159 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13160 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13161 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13162 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13164 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
13166 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13167 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13168 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13169 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13170 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13172 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13174 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13176 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13177 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13179 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13180 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13181 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13182 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13184 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13186 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13188 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13189 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13191 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13192 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13193 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13194 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13196 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13198 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13200 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13201 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13203 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13204 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13206 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13208 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13210 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13211 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13213 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13214 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13215 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13216 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13217 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13219 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13221 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13222 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13224 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13225 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13226 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13232 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13233 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17521 64539))
13234 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13236 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13237 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13238 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13239 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13240 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13241 how the hiding is done:
13244 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13245 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13248 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13249 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13250 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13251 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13252 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13255 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13256 #endif lines when hiding.
13258 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13259 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13262 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13263 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13264 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13266 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13270 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13271 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13273 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
13275 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13276 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13278 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
13280 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13281 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13283 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
13287 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13288 ;;;;;; (17397 61568))
13289 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13291 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13292 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13293 Each element has the form
13294 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13296 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13297 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13299 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13300 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13302 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13303 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13304 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13305 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13306 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13307 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13309 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13310 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13312 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13313 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13315 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13316 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13317 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13319 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13320 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13321 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13322 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13323 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13324 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13326 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13327 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13328 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13330 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13331 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13333 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13336 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13342 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13343 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13344 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13345 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13346 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17397 61541))
13347 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13349 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13350 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13351 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13353 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13355 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13356 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13358 Without an argument:
13359 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13360 or passive state as determined by the variable
13361 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13364 With an argument ARG:
13365 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13366 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13367 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13369 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13370 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13371 not displayed in a different face.
13374 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13375 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13376 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13377 buffer with the contents of a file
13378 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13379 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13383 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13384 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13385 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13389 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13390 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13394 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13395 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13399 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13400 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13402 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13403 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13404 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13405 shown in the last face in the list.
13407 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13408 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13409 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13411 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13415 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13416 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13418 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13420 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13423 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13424 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13426 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13427 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13428 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13430 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13432 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13433 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13435 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13436 this function is called interactively.
13438 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13439 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13440 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13442 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13443 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13444 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13446 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13448 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13449 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13451 When called interactively:
13452 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13453 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13454 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13455 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13457 When called from a program:
13458 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13459 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13460 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13461 - otherwise just turn it on
13463 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13464 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13465 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13466 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13472 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13473 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13474 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13475 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13476 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17383 32106))
13477 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13479 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13480 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13481 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13482 or insert functions in this list.")
13484 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
13486 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13487 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13489 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
13491 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13492 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13494 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
13496 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13497 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13499 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
13501 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13502 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13504 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
13506 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13507 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13508 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13510 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13512 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13513 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13514 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13517 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13519 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13520 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13521 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13522 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13523 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13525 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13527 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13528 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13529 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13530 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13531 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13533 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13534 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13535 undoes the expansion.
13539 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13540 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13541 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13542 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13544 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13548 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13549 ;;;;;; (17365 2729))
13550 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13552 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13553 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13554 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13556 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13557 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13558 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13559 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13560 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13562 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13563 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13564 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13565 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13569 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13570 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13571 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13572 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13573 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13575 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
13577 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13578 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13579 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13581 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13582 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13584 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13588 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13589 ;;;;;; (17432 37359))
13590 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13592 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13593 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13594 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13596 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13600 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13601 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13603 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13604 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13605 different list. For example,
13607 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13608 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13610 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13611 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13613 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13614 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13615 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13616 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13619 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13621 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13625 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
13626 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17383 32179))
13627 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
13629 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
13630 This function is obsolete.
13631 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13632 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13636 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
13637 This function is obsolete.
13638 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13639 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13643 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
13644 This function is obsolete.
13645 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13646 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13652 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17397
13654 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13656 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13657 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13663 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13664 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13665 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13666 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13667 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13668 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13669 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13670 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13671 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13672 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13673 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13674 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13675 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13676 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13677 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13678 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13679 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13680 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13681 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13682 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13683 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13684 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13685 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17457 37498))
13686 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13688 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13689 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13690 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13694 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13695 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13697 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13699 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13700 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13702 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13704 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13705 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13707 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13709 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13710 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13714 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13715 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13717 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13719 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13720 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13722 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13723 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13724 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13725 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13726 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13727 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13728 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13729 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13730 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13731 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13732 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13733 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13735 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13738 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13740 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13741 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13745 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13746 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13750 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13751 Remove the first filter group.
13755 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13756 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13758 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13760 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13761 Remove all filter groups.
13765 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13766 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13770 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13771 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13772 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13776 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13777 Kill the filter group at point.
13778 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13780 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13782 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13783 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13787 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13788 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13792 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13793 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13794 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13795 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13797 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13799 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13800 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13801 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13805 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13806 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13807 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13808 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13809 of replacing the current filters.
13813 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13814 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13818 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13819 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13823 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13824 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13826 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13827 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13828 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13832 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13833 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13837 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13838 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13842 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13843 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13844 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13847 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13849 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13850 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13851 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13853 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13855 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13856 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13860 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13861 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13865 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13866 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13867 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13868 of replacing the current filters.
13871 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
13872 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
13873 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
13874 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
13875 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
13876 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
13877 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
13878 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
13880 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13881 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13882 Default sorting modes are:
13883 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13884 Name - the name of the buffer
13885 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13886 Size - the size of the buffer
13890 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
13891 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
13894 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
13895 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
13896 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
13897 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
13899 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13900 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
13904 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
13905 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
13906 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
13907 for this Ibuffer session.
13909 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13911 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13912 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
13913 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
13914 for this Ibuffer session.
13916 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13918 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13919 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13921 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13922 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13924 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
13925 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
13927 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
13929 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13930 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13932 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13933 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13935 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
13937 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
13938 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
13942 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
13943 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
13945 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
13946 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
13947 hidden group filter, open it.
13949 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
13950 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
13951 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
13955 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
13956 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
13957 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
13961 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
13962 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
13964 The names are separated by a space.
13965 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
13967 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
13968 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
13969 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
13970 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
13972 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
13974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13976 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13977 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
13979 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13981 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13982 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
13984 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13986 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13987 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
13989 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13991 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13992 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
13996 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13997 Mark all modified buffers.
14001 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14002 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14006 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14007 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14011 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14012 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14016 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14017 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14021 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14022 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14026 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14027 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14031 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14032 Mark all read-only buffers.
14036 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14037 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14041 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14042 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14043 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14046 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14050 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14051 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17457
14053 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14055 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14056 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14058 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14059 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14060 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14062 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14063 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14064 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14065 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14066 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14067 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14069 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14070 title of the column.
14072 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14073 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14074 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14075 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14076 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14078 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14080 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14081 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14082 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14083 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14084 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14086 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14087 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14088 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14090 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14092 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14093 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14094 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14095 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14096 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14097 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14099 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14100 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14101 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14102 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14103 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14104 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14105 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14106 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14108 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14109 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14110 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14111 buffer's modification flag.
14112 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14113 prompted before performing this operation.
14114 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14115 operation is complete, in the form:
14116 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14117 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14118 confirmation message, in the form:
14119 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14120 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14121 macro for exactly what it does.
14123 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14125 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14126 Define a filter named NAME.
14127 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14128 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14129 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14131 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14132 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14133 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14134 bound to the current value of the filter.
14136 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14140 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14141 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17578 34772))
14142 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14144 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14145 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14146 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14147 buffers which are visiting a file.
14149 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14151 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14152 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14153 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14154 buffers which are visiting a file.
14156 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14158 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14159 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14160 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14162 All arguments are optional.
14163 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14164 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14165 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14166 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14167 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14168 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14169 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14170 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14171 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14172 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14173 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14174 that value locally in this buffer.
14176 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14180 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14181 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14182 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17397 61548))
14183 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14185 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14186 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14187 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14188 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14190 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14192 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14193 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14194 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14195 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14197 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14198 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14199 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14201 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14203 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14204 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14205 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14206 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14207 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14208 non-marking or not.
14210 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14212 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14213 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14215 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14216 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14219 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14220 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14221 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14223 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14226 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14227 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
14228 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14230 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14234 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17401
14236 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14238 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14239 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14240 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14241 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14242 use either \\[customize] or the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14244 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete")
14246 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14247 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14248 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14254 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17397 61568))
14255 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14257 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14258 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14259 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14260 Tab indents for Icon code.
14261 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14262 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14264 Variables controlling indentation style:
14265 icon-tab-always-indent
14266 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14267 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14269 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14270 inserted in Icon code.
14272 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14273 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14274 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14275 icon-continued-statement-offset
14276 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14277 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14278 icon-continued-brace-offset
14279 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14280 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14282 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14283 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14284 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14285 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14287 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14288 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14294 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14295 ;;;;;; (17515 39529))
14296 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14298 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14299 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14300 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14301 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14303 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14304 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14307 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14308 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14310 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14311 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14312 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14314 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14316 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14320 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14321 ;;;;;; (17515 39529))
14322 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14324 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14325 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.0_em22).
14327 The main features of this mode are
14329 1. Indentation and Formatting
14330 --------------------------
14331 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14332 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14334 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14335 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14336 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14337 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14339 Comments are indented as follows:
14341 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14342 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14343 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14345 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14347 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14348 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14349 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14350 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14351 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14352 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14354 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14355 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14356 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14357 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14361 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14362 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14363 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14364 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14365 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14366 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14367 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14368 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14369 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14370 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14375 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14376 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14377 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14378 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14382 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14383 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14384 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14385 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14386 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14389 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14390 --------------------------------
14391 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14392 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14394 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14395 \\fu FUNCTION template
14396 \\c CASE statement template
14397 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14398 \\f FOR loop template
14399 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14400 \\w WHILE loop template
14401 \\i IF statement template
14402 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14405 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14406 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14408 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14409 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14410 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14411 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14413 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14414 -------------------------
14415 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14416 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14418 7. Automatic END completion
14419 ------------------------
14420 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14421 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14425 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14426 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14428 9. Documentation and Customization
14429 -------------------------------
14430 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14431 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14432 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14433 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14434 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14438 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14439 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14440 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14442 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14445 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14449 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14450 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14451 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14452 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14453 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14454 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14455 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14456 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17590
14458 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14460 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14461 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14462 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14463 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14465 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14466 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14467 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14469 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14470 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14472 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
14474 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14475 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14476 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14477 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14478 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14479 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14480 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14481 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14482 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14486 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14487 Switch to another buffer.
14488 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14489 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14492 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14493 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14494 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14495 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14496 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14498 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14499 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14501 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14502 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14504 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14505 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14506 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14507 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14508 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14509 in a separate window.
14510 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14511 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14512 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14513 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14514 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14515 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14516 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14517 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14518 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14522 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14523 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14524 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14525 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14529 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14530 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14531 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14532 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14536 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14538 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14539 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14543 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14544 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14545 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14546 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14550 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14551 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14552 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14553 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14557 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14558 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14562 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14563 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14564 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14565 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14566 visible in another frame.
14568 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14569 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14570 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14571 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14572 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14573 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14575 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14576 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14578 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14579 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14581 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14582 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14583 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14584 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14585 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14586 in a separate window.
14587 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14588 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14589 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14590 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14591 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14592 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14593 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14594 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14595 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14596 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14597 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14598 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14599 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14600 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14601 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14605 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14606 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14607 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14608 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14612 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14613 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14614 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14615 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14619 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14620 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14621 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14622 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14626 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14627 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14628 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14629 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14633 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14634 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14635 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14636 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14640 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14641 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14642 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14643 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14647 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14648 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14649 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14650 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14654 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14655 Write current buffer to a file.
14656 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14657 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14661 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14662 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14663 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14664 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14668 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14669 Call dired the ido way.
14670 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14671 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14675 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14676 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14677 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14678 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14679 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14680 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14682 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14684 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14685 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14686 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14687 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14689 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14691 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14692 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14693 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14694 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14696 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14698 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14699 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14700 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14701 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14702 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14703 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14704 with `completing-read'.
14705 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14706 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14707 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14708 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14709 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14710 with point positioned at the end.
14711 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14712 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14714 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14718 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17383 32107))
14719 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14720 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14722 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14723 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14724 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14730 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14731 ;;;;;; (17383 32107))
14732 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14734 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14735 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14739 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14740 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14746 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14747 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-available-p
14748 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14749 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14750 ;;;;;; (17484 52424))
14751 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14753 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14754 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14755 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14758 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14760 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14761 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14762 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14767 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14768 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14769 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14772 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14774 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14775 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14776 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14779 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14781 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
14782 Determine and return image type.
14783 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14784 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14785 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14786 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14787 use its file extension as image type.
14788 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14790 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14792 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14793 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14794 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14796 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14798 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
14800 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14801 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14802 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14803 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14804 use its file extension as image type.
14805 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14806 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14807 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14808 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14810 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14812 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14814 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
14815 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14816 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14817 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14818 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14819 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14820 POS may be an integer or marker.
14821 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14822 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14823 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14824 means display it in the right marginal area.
14826 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14828 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
14829 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14830 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14831 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14832 defaulted if you omit it.
14833 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14834 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14835 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14836 means display it in the right marginal area.
14837 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14838 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14839 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14840 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14841 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14843 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14845 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
14846 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14847 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14848 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14849 defaulted if you omit it.
14850 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14851 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14852 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14853 means display it in the right marginal area.
14854 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
14856 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14858 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
14859 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14860 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14861 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14863 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14865 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
14866 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14868 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14870 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14871 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14872 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14873 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14874 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14875 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14876 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14877 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14880 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14882 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14884 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14886 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
14887 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14889 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14890 documentation string.
14892 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14893 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14894 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14895 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14896 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14897 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14898 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14903 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14904 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14906 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14910 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14911 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14912 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17383 32107))
14913 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14915 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
14916 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
14917 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14918 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14920 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14921 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14922 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14923 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14925 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
14927 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14928 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14929 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14930 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14932 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14933 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14934 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14935 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14937 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
14939 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
14940 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14944 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
14945 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14946 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14947 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14949 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14951 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14952 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14953 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14954 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14955 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14957 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
14959 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
14960 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14961 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14962 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14964 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14965 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14966 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14972 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
14973 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17578 34772))
14974 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14975 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14976 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14977 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14978 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14979 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14980 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
14982 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
14983 Major mode for image files.
14984 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14985 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14989 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
14990 Toggle Image minor mode.
14991 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14992 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
14994 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14996 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
14997 Set major or minor mode for image files.
14998 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
14999 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15000 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15001 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15003 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15004 information on these modes.
15010 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15011 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17585 4275))
15012 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15014 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15015 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15017 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15019 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15020 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15023 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15025 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15026 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15027 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15029 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
15031 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15032 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15034 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15035 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15036 pattern's structure.
15038 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15039 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15040 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15043 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15045 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15046 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15048 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15049 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15050 called within a `save-excursion'.
15052 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15054 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15056 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15057 Function for finding the next index position.
15059 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15060 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15061 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15064 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15065 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15067 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15069 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15070 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15072 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15073 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15074 It should return the name for that index item.")
15076 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15078 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15079 Function to compare string with index item.
15081 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15082 non-nil if they match.
15084 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15085 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15086 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15087 arguments match\".")
15089 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15091 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15092 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15093 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15095 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15097 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15099 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15101 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15102 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15103 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15104 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15108 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15109 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15111 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15115 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15116 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15117 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15118 for more information.
15120 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15124 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15125 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15126 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17346 38886))
15127 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15129 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15130 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15132 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15134 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15137 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15139 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15142 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15144 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15147 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15149 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15150 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15151 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15152 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15153 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15155 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15157 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15158 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15159 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15160 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15161 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15163 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15167 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15168 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15169 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17578 34779))
15170 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15172 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15173 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15174 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15175 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15176 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15178 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp")
15180 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15181 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15183 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp")
15185 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15186 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15187 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15188 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15189 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15190 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15191 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15192 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15194 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp")
15196 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15197 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15198 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15199 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15200 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15202 This variable is only used if the variable
15203 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15205 More precise choices:
15206 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15207 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15210 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15212 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp")
15214 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15215 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15217 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15218 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15219 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15221 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15222 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15223 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15224 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15227 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15229 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15233 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15234 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15235 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15236 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17590 36099))
15237 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15239 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15240 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15242 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15243 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15244 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15246 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15247 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15248 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15249 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15250 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15251 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15252 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15253 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15254 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15255 with the top-level Info directory.
15257 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15258 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15259 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15260 appended to the Info buffer name.
15262 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15263 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15264 in all the directories in that path.
15266 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15268 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15269 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15273 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15274 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15275 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15276 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15280 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15281 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15282 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15283 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15285 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15287 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15288 Go to the Info directory node.
15292 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15293 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15294 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15295 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15296 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15297 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15299 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15301 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15302 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15303 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15305 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15307 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15308 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15309 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15310 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15311 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15313 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15314 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15316 Selecting other nodes:
15317 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15318 Follow a node reference you click on.
15319 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15320 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15321 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15322 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15323 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15324 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15325 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15326 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15327 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15328 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15329 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15330 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15331 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15332 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15333 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15334 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15335 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15336 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15337 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15338 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15340 Moving within a node:
15341 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15342 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15343 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15344 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15345 move up to the parent node.
15346 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15347 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15349 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15352 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15353 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15354 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15355 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15356 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15357 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15358 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15359 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15360 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15361 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15362 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15363 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15364 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15365 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15366 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15367 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15370 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15372 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15373 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15374 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15375 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15376 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15377 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15379 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15380 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15382 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15383 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15385 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15386 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15387 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15388 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15392 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15393 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15394 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15400 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15401 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15402 ;;;;;; (17383 32108))
15403 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15405 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15406 Throw away all cached data.
15407 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15408 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15412 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15414 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15415 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15416 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
15417 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
15418 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15419 The default symbol is the one found at point.
15421 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15423 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15424 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15426 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15427 Display the documentation of a file.
15428 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15429 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15430 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15431 The default file name is the one found at point.
15433 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15435 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15437 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15438 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15440 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15442 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15443 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15445 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15449 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15450 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17521 64536))
15451 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15453 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15454 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15456 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15458 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15459 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15460 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15464 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15465 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15466 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15468 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15469 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15476 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15477 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17383 32108))
15478 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15480 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15481 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15483 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15485 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15486 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15487 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15489 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15490 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15491 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15493 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15494 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15495 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15496 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15500 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15501 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15502 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15506 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15507 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15508 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15509 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15510 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15516 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15517 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15518 ;;;;;; (17116 6720))
15519 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15521 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15522 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15526 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15527 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15531 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15534 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15538 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17383
15540 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15542 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15543 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15544 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15545 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15546 accessed via isearchb.
15552 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15553 ;;;;;; (17383 32179))
15554 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15556 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
15557 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15558 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15559 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15560 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15561 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15563 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15564 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15566 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15567 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15568 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15569 \"s gives German sharp s.
15570 /a gives a with ring.
15571 /e gives an a-e ligature.
15572 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
15573 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
15574 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
15576 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
15577 and a negative argument disables it.
15579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15583 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15584 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15585 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15586 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17097 33520))
15587 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15589 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15590 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15591 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15592 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15594 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15596 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15597 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15598 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15599 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15601 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15603 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15604 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15605 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15606 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15608 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15610 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15611 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15612 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15613 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15615 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15617 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15618 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15619 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15620 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15622 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15624 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15625 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15626 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15627 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15629 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15631 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15632 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15633 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15634 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15636 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15638 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15639 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15640 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15641 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15643 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15645 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15646 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15647 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15648 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15650 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15652 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15653 Warn that format is read-only.
15657 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15658 Warn that format is write-only.
15662 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15663 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15670 ;;;;;; (17097 33521))
15671 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15672 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15673 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15674 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15678 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15679 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15680 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15681 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15682 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15683 ;;;;;; (17578 34779))
15684 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15685 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15687 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15688 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15689 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15690 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15692 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
15693 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15695 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15696 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15697 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15699 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15700 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15703 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
15705 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15707 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15709 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15711 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15713 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "." nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15715 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15717 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15718 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15720 Each element of this list is also a list:
15722 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15723 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15725 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15726 nil means the default dictionary.
15728 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15731 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15733 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15734 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15735 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15736 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15737 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15738 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15739 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15740 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15741 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15743 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15744 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15745 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15746 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15747 for non-ASCII bytes.
15749 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15750 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15753 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15756 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15757 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15758 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15759 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15760 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15761 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15762 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15763 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15765 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15767 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15768 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15769 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15771 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15772 Key map for ispell menu.")
15774 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15775 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15776 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15777 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15779 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15781 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15783 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15785 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15787 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15788 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15789 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15790 Valid forms include:
15791 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15792 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15793 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15794 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15796 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15797 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15798 First list is used raw.
15799 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15801 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15802 for skipping in latex mode.")
15804 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
15805 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15806 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15807 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15808 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15809 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15811 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
15812 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15813 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15814 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15816 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15817 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15818 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15819 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15820 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15822 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15823 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15825 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15826 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15828 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15829 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15832 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15833 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15834 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15835 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15836 quit spell session exited.
15838 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
15840 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
15841 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15842 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15844 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15846 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
15847 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15851 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15852 SPC: Accept word this time.
15853 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15854 `a': Accept word for this session.
15855 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15856 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15857 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15858 `?': Show these commands.
15859 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15860 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15861 the aborted check to be completed later.
15862 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15863 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15864 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15865 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15866 `C-l': redraws screen
15867 `C-r': recursive edit
15868 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
15872 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
15873 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15874 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15876 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15878 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
15879 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15880 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15881 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15883 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15885 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15887 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
15888 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15889 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15890 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15892 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15894 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
15895 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15899 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
15900 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15904 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
15905 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15909 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
15910 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15911 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15912 sequence inside of a word.
15914 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15916 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15918 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
15919 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15923 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
15924 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15925 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15926 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15928 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15929 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15930 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15931 available on the net.
15935 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
15936 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15937 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
15939 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15940 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15942 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15943 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15947 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
15948 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15949 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15950 Don't check included messages.
15952 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15953 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15954 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15956 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15957 in your .emacs file:
15958 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15959 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15960 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15961 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15963 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15964 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15965 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15971 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17438
15973 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15975 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15976 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15977 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15978 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15979 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15981 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
15983 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
15984 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15985 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
15986 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15987 `iswitchb' for details.
15989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15993 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15994 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15995 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15996 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17097 33526))
15997 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15999 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16004 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16005 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16006 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16007 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16008 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16009 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16010 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16011 necessary to represent OBJ.
16013 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16015 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16016 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16017 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16018 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16020 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16022 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16023 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16024 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16025 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16026 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16028 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16030 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16031 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16032 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16033 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16035 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16037 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16038 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16039 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16040 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16042 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16044 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16045 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16047 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16049 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16050 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16051 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16052 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16053 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16055 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16057 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16058 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16059 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16060 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16061 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16063 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16065 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16066 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16067 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16069 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16073 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16074 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17420 36078))
16075 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16077 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16078 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16079 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16080 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16082 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16085 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16087 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16088 Uninstall jka-compr.
16089 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16090 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16091 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16097 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16098 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16099 ;;;;;; (17383 32143))
16100 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16102 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16103 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16104 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16105 decimal key must be specified.")
16107 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
16109 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16110 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16111 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16112 decimal key must be specified.")
16114 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
16116 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16117 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16118 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16119 decimal key must be specified.")
16121 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
16123 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16124 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16125 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16126 decimal key must be specified.")
16128 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
16130 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16131 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
16132 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16133 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16134 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16138 -------------------------------------------------------------
16139 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16140 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16141 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16142 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16143 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16144 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16145 in the global and local keymaps.
16147 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16148 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16150 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16154 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16155 ;;;;;; (17301 45595))
16156 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16158 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16159 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16160 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16162 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16163 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16164 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16165 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16168 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16169 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16170 the context of text formatting.
16172 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16176 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17097
16178 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16180 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16181 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16182 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16183 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16184 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16185 positions that contains the current selection.")
16187 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16188 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16189 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16190 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16191 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16192 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16193 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16195 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16199 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16200 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16201 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16202 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17503 24306))
16203 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16204 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16205 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16206 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16207 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16208 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16209 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16210 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16212 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16213 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16214 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16215 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16216 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16218 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16220 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16221 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16222 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16224 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16225 defining the macro.
16227 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16228 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16229 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16231 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16232 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16236 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16237 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16238 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16239 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16240 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16243 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16244 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16245 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16249 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16250 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16251 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16253 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16254 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16255 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16256 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16258 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16259 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16261 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16263 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16264 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16265 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16267 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16270 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16271 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16273 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16274 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16275 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
16277 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16278 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16282 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16283 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16284 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16285 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16287 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16289 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16290 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16291 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16292 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16294 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16295 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16297 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16299 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16300 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16301 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16303 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16307 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16308 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16309 ;;;;;; (17097 33526))
16310 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16312 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16314 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16317 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16319 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16322 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16324 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16327 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16331 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16332 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17097 33526))
16333 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16335 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16336 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16337 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16339 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16346 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16347 ;;;;;; (17582 28846))
16348 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16350 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16352 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16353 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16357 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16359 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16360 Start or resume an Lm game.
16361 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16362 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16364 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16365 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16366 none / 1 | yes | no
16371 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16372 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16373 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16379 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16380 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16381 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17097
16383 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16385 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16388 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16390 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16391 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16392 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16393 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16394 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16395 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16397 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16398 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16400 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16402 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16403 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16405 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16407 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16410 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16412 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16413 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16414 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16415 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16418 The return value is number of composed characters.
16420 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16422 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16425 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16429 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16430 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16431 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17383 32167))
16432 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16434 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16435 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16436 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16437 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16439 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc")
16441 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16442 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16443 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16445 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16447 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16448 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16449 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16453 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16454 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16455 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16456 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16458 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16462 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16463 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17097 33522))
16464 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16466 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16467 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16468 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16469 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16470 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16471 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16472 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16473 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16475 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16476 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16478 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16479 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16481 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
16483 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16484 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16485 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16486 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16487 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16488 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16489 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16490 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16492 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16494 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16495 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16496 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16497 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16499 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16500 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16502 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
16506 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16507 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17383 32179))
16508 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16510 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
16511 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16512 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16513 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16515 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16517 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16518 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16521 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16523 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16524 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16525 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16526 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16527 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16530 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16531 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16532 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16533 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16534 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16536 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16537 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16538 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16539 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16540 slow to keep up with your typing.
16542 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16543 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16544 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16545 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16546 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16547 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16549 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16550 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16551 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16552 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16554 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16555 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16556 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16557 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16559 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16560 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16561 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16562 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16563 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16567 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
16568 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16574 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16575 ;;;;;; (17397 61570))
16576 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16578 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16580 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16582 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16583 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16589 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16590 ;;;;;; (17383 32110))
16591 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16593 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16594 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16596 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16597 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16599 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16600 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16602 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16603 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16604 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16605 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16606 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16607 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16608 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16609 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16610 and transmit saved text.
16612 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16613 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16617 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16624 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17383 32182))
16625 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16627 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16628 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16629 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16630 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16631 generations (this defaults to 1).
16633 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16637 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17484
16639 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16641 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16642 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16643 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16644 is nil, raise an error.
16646 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16647 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16648 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16649 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16650 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16651 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16652 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16653 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16654 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16656 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16660 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16661 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17578 34772))
16662 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16664 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16665 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16666 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16668 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate")
16670 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16671 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16672 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16673 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16675 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16676 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16677 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16678 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16679 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16680 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16683 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16684 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16686 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16687 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16689 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16691 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16692 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16693 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16694 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16695 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16696 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16697 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16698 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16699 to constrain a big search.
16701 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16702 except that FILTER is not optional.
16704 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16708 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17494 22059))
16709 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16711 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16712 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16713 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16714 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16715 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16716 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16717 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16718 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16719 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16720 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16721 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16722 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16723 uses the current buffer.
16725 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16729 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17494
16731 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16733 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16734 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16740 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17590
16742 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16744 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16745 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16746 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16747 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16748 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16750 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16751 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16752 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16754 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16755 are indicated with a symbol.
16757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16761 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16762 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17383
16764 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16766 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16768 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16770 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16771 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16772 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16774 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16775 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16777 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16778 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16779 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16780 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16781 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16782 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16783 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16785 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
16787 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16788 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16789 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16790 switch on this list.
16791 See `lpr-command'.")
16793 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
16795 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16796 *Name of program for printing a file.
16798 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16799 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16800 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16801 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16802 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16803 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16806 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
16808 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16809 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16810 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16811 for customization of the printer command.
16815 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16816 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16818 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16819 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16820 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16821 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16823 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16824 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16826 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16827 for further customization of the printer command.
16831 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16832 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16833 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16834 for customization of the printer command.
16836 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16838 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16839 Paginate and print the region contents.
16841 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16842 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16843 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16844 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16846 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16847 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16849 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16850 for further customization of the printer command.
16852 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16856 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16857 ;;;;;; (17383 32111))
16858 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16860 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16861 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16862 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16864 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
16868 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17397
16870 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16872 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16873 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16874 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16876 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16882 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17397
16884 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16886 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16887 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16894 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16895 ;;;;;; (17383 32140))
16896 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16898 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
16899 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16900 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16901 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16902 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16904 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16908 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16909 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17383 32112))
16910 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16912 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16913 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16914 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16915 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16916 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16918 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16920 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16921 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16922 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16923 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16925 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16926 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16927 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16928 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16931 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16932 use this command, and then save the file.
16934 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16936 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
16937 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16938 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16939 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16940 each time the macro executes.
16941 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16942 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16943 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16944 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16945 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16946 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16947 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16951 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
16952 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16953 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16954 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16956 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16957 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16958 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16961 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16962 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16964 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16965 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16966 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16967 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16968 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16970 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16973 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16974 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16975 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16977 You could enter the names in this format:
16983 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16986 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16989 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16990 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16992 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16993 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16997 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16998 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17383 32168))
16999 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17001 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17002 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17003 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17004 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17005 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17006 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17008 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17009 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17010 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17011 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17012 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17014 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17015 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17016 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17019 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17021 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17022 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17024 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17028 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17029 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17030 ;;;;;; (17383 32168))
17031 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17033 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17034 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17038 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17043 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17044 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17046 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
17048 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17049 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17050 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17053 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17059 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17060 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17061 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17383
17063 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17065 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17066 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17067 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17068 often correct parser.")
17070 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
17072 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17075 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17077 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17078 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17079 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17080 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17082 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17084 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17085 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17086 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17087 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17089 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17091 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17092 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17093 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17094 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17095 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17096 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17097 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17100 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17102 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17103 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17104 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17105 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17106 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17107 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17109 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17113 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17114 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17383 32168))
17115 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17117 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17118 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17122 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17123 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17124 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17126 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17128 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17129 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17130 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17132 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17136 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17137 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17383
17139 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17141 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17142 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17143 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17145 If `parens', they look like:
17146 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17147 If `angles', they look like:
17148 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17150 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
17152 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17153 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17154 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17155 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17156 their `Resent-' variants.
17158 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17159 removed from alias expansions.
17161 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17163 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17164 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17165 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17167 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17168 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17169 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17170 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17172 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17174 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17175 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17176 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17177 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17183 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17184 ;;;;;; (17383 32169))
17185 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17187 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17188 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17189 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17190 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17196 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17197 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17198 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17578 34779))
17199 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17201 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17202 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17204 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17205 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17206 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17207 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17208 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17209 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17211 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17212 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17213 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17214 dependency, despite the colon.
17216 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17218 In the browser, use the following keys:
17220 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17222 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17224 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17225 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17227 `makefile-target-colon':
17228 The string that gets appended to all target names
17229 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17230 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17232 `makefile-macro-assign':
17233 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17234 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17235 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17236 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17237 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17238 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17240 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17241 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17242 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17244 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17245 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17247 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17248 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17249 up or down in the browser.
17251 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17252 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17254 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17255 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17257 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17258 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17259 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17260 has been selected in the browser.
17262 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17263 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17264 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17265 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17266 filenames are omitted.
17268 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17269 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17270 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17271 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17272 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17273 the backslash itself intact.
17274 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17275 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17277 `makefile-browser-hook':
17278 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17279 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17281 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17282 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17283 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17284 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17288 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17289 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17293 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17294 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17298 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17299 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17303 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17304 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17308 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17309 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17315 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17383
17317 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17319 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17320 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17321 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17327 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17466 42706))
17328 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17330 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17332 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17333 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17334 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17335 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17336 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17337 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17338 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17340 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17341 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17342 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17343 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17345 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17347 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17348 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17350 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17354 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17161 57259))
17355 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17357 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17358 Toggle Master mode.
17359 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17360 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17361 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17363 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17364 following commands:
17366 \\{master-mode-map}
17368 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17369 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17370 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17376 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17578
17378 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17380 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17382 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17383 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17384 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17385 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17386 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17388 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
17390 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17391 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17392 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17393 created in the future.
17394 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17395 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17401 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17402 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17403 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17404 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17405 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17406 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17407 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17408 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17409 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17410 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17411 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17578 34776))
17412 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17414 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17415 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17417 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17419 If `parens', they look like:
17420 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17421 If `angles', they look like:
17422 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17424 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17425 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17427 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
17429 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17430 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17432 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
17434 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17435 *Local news organization file.")
17437 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
17439 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17440 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17441 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17442 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17444 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17445 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17446 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17448 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17450 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
17452 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17453 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17455 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17456 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17457 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17458 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17460 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
17462 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17463 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17464 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17465 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17467 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
17469 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17470 *Function for citing an original message.
17471 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17472 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17473 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17475 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
17477 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17478 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17479 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17480 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17481 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17483 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
17485 (defvar message-signature t "\
17486 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17487 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17488 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17489 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17491 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
17493 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17494 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17495 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17496 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17498 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
17500 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17501 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17503 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message")
17505 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17507 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17508 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17509 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17510 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17511 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17512 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17513 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17514 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17515 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17516 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17517 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17518 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17519 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17520 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17521 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17522 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17523 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17524 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17525 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17526 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17527 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17528 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17529 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17530 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17531 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17532 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17533 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17534 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17535 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17536 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17537 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17538 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17539 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17540 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17541 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17542 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17543 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17547 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17548 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17549 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17551 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17553 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17554 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17556 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17558 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17559 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17561 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17563 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17564 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17566 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17568 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17569 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17570 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17572 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17574 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17575 Cancel an article you posted.
17576 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17580 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17581 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17582 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17583 header line with the old Message-ID.
17587 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17588 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17592 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17593 Forward the current message via mail.
17594 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17595 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17597 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17599 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17602 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17604 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17607 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17609 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17610 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17614 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17615 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17617 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17619 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17620 Re-mail the current message.
17621 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17622 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17627 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17628 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17630 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17632 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17633 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17635 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17637 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17638 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17640 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17642 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17643 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17645 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17647 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17648 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17649 Works by overstriking characters.
17650 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17651 which specify the range to operate on.
17653 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17655 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17656 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17657 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17658 which specify the range to operate on.
17660 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17664 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17665 ;;;;;; (17397 61570))
17666 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17668 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17669 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17673 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17674 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17678 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17679 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17683 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17684 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17690 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17691 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17692 ;;;;;; (17383 32169))
17693 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17695 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17696 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17697 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17701 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17702 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17703 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17704 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17705 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17706 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17707 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17709 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17711 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17712 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17713 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17714 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17715 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17717 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17718 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17720 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17722 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17723 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17724 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17725 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17726 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17728 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17729 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17731 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17735 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17736 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17737 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17578 34777))
17738 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17740 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17741 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17742 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17746 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17747 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17748 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17752 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17753 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17755 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17756 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17757 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17759 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17760 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17762 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17763 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17765 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17767 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17769 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17770 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17771 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17772 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17773 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17776 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17777 initial Subject field, respectively.
17779 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17780 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17783 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17786 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17788 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
17789 Save draft and send message.
17791 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17792 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17793 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17796 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17797 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17798 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17800 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17801 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17802 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17803 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17804 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17805 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17807 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17808 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17812 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
17813 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17815 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17816 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17817 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17818 delete the draft message.
17824 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17578 34777))
17825 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17827 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17829 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17831 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17833 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17834 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17840 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17841 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17484 52433))
17842 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17844 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
17845 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17846 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17848 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17849 the MH mail system.
17851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17853 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
17854 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17855 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17857 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17858 the MH mail system.
17860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17862 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
17863 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17865 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17866 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17867 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17870 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17871 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17872 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17875 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17879 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17880 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17881 can be used in several ways.
17883 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17884 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17885 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17886 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17890 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17891 The range must be nonempty.
17896 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17897 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17904 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17907 All of the messages.
17909 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17910 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17912 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17913 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17914 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17916 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17922 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17923 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17420 36079))
17924 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17926 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
17927 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17928 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17929 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17930 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17931 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17932 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17933 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17934 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17935 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17936 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17940 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
17941 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17942 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17943 to its second argument TM.
17945 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17949 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17950 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17383 32112))
17951 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17953 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17954 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17955 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17956 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17957 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17959 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
17961 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
17962 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17963 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17964 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17965 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17966 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17967 default indication.
17969 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17970 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17976 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17977 ;;;;;; (17397 61570))
17978 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17980 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
17981 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17986 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
17990 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
17991 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
17992 ;;;;;; (17346 38886))
17993 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
17995 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
17998 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18000 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18003 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18005 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18006 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18007 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18010 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18014 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18015 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17484 52431))
18016 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18018 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18019 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18021 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18023 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18024 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18025 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18026 the entire message.
18027 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18029 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18033 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18034 ;;;;;; (17383 32161))
18035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18037 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18038 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18039 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18040 the entire message.
18041 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18043 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18047 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18048 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17383 32161))
18049 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18051 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18052 Insert file contents of URL.
18053 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18055 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18057 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18058 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18060 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18064 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18065 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17498 30595))
18066 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18068 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18069 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18070 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18071 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18072 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18074 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18076 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18077 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18078 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18080 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18084 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18085 ;;;;;; (17494 22066))
18086 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18088 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18091 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18093 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18096 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18100 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18101 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18102 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17498 30595))
18103 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18105 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18108 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18110 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18113 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18115 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18118 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18120 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18123 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18125 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18128 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18130 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18133 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18135 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18142 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18143 ;;;;;; (17281 61308))
18144 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18146 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18147 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18148 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18149 followed by the first character of the construct.
18151 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18152 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18153 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18154 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18155 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18156 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18157 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18158 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18159 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18160 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18161 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18162 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18163 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18166 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18167 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18168 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18174 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18175 ;;;;;; (17383 32182))
18176 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18178 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18179 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18181 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18183 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18184 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18186 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18190 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17383
18192 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18194 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18195 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18196 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18197 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18198 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18200 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
18202 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18203 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18204 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18205 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18207 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18209 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18211 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18213 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18214 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18215 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18216 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18217 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18218 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18220 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18221 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18222 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18223 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18224 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18226 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18227 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18229 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18230 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18232 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18234 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18235 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18236 primary selection and region.
18238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18242 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17383 32183))
18243 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18245 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18246 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18252 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17578 34773))
18253 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18255 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18256 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18257 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18258 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18259 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
18261 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
18263 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18265 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18266 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18267 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18273 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18274 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18275 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18276 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18277 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18278 ;;;;;; (17210 47738))
18279 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18281 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18282 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18283 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18284 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18285 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18286 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18287 set of ISO charsets.
18289 Each element has the following format:
18290 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18292 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18294 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18295 CHARSET are mapped.
18297 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18298 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18299 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18300 character code in CHARSET.
18302 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18303 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18304 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18306 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18307 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18309 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18310 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18312 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18313 Display a list of all character sets.
18315 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18316 internal Emacs use.
18318 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18319 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18320 hexadecimal digits.
18321 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18322 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18324 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18325 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18326 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18327 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18329 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18330 but still shows the full information.
18334 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18335 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18336 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18337 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18338 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18340 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18341 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18342 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18343 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18344 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18346 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18348 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18349 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18350 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18351 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18352 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18354 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18356 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18357 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18359 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18361 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18362 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18364 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18366 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18367 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18369 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18370 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18372 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18373 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18374 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18375 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18376 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18377 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18378 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18379 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18380 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18381 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18382 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18383 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18384 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18385 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18386 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18387 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18391 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18392 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18396 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18397 Display a list of all coding systems.
18398 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18400 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18401 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18403 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18405 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18406 Display a list of all coding categories.
18410 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18411 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
18413 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18415 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18416 Display information about FONTSET.
18417 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18419 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18421 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18422 Display a list of all fontsets.
18423 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18424 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18425 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18429 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18430 Display information about all input methods.
18434 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18435 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18437 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18438 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18439 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18440 system which uses fontsets).
18446 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18447 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18448 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18449 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18450 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18451 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17097 33522))
18452 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18454 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18455 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18456 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18458 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18460 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18462 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18463 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18465 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18466 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18468 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18469 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18471 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18473 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18474 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18475 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18476 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18477 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18478 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18479 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18481 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18482 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18483 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18484 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18485 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18486 middle of a character in STR.
18488 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18489 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18491 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18492 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18493 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18494 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18495 defaults to \"...\".
18497 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18499 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18500 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18502 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18503 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18504 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18506 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18507 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18508 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18510 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18511 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18512 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18514 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18515 longer than KEYSEQ.
18516 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18518 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18520 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18521 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18522 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18523 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18524 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18525 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18526 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18527 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18528 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18529 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18530 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18532 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18534 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18535 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18537 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18539 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18540 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18542 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18544 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18545 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18547 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18549 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18550 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18552 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18554 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18555 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18556 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18557 coding systems ordered by priority.
18559 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18561 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18562 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18563 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18564 language environment LANG-ENV.
18566 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18568 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18569 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18570 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18571 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18572 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18573 basis, this may not be accurate.
18575 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18579 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18580 ;;;;;; (17494 22018))
18581 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18583 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18584 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18585 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18586 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18587 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18589 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
18591 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18592 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18593 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18594 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18598 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18599 Enable mouse wheel support.
18601 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18605 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18606 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18607 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18608 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17383 32176))
18609 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18611 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18612 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18614 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18616 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18618 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18619 `ping-program-options'.
18623 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18624 Run ipconfig program.
18628 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18630 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18631 Run netstat program.
18635 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18636 Run the arp program.
18640 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18641 Run the route program.
18645 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18646 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18650 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18651 Run nslookup program.
18655 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18656 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18660 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18665 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18670 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18671 Finger USER on HOST.
18673 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18675 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18676 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18677 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18678 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18680 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18682 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18687 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18688 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18690 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18692 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18693 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18695 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18699 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18700 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-region uncomment-region
18701 ;;;;;; comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent comment-indent-default
18702 ;;;;;; comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line comment-padding
18703 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
18704 ;;;;;; (17515 39526))
18705 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18707 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18709 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18711 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18713 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18715 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18716 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18717 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18718 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18719 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18720 Major modes should set this variable.")
18722 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18723 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18724 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18725 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18726 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18727 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18729 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
18730 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18732 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18733 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18734 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18736 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18737 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18738 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18739 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18740 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18742 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18743 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18744 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18746 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18747 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18748 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18749 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18751 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18752 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18753 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18754 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18755 column indentation or nil.
18756 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18758 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18759 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18760 The function has no args.
18762 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18763 comments always start in column zero.")
18765 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18766 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18767 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18769 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
18771 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18772 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18773 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18774 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18776 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18777 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18779 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
18781 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18782 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18783 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18784 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18785 customize this variable.
18787 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18788 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18790 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
18792 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18793 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18794 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18795 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18796 the variables are properly set.
18798 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18800 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18801 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18805 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18806 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18807 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18809 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18811 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18812 Set the comment column based on point.
18813 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18814 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18815 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18816 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18820 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18821 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18822 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18826 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18827 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18828 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18831 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18833 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18834 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18835 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18836 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18837 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18838 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18839 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18840 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18842 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18843 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18845 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18847 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18848 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18849 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18850 is passed on to the respective function.
18852 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18854 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
18855 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18856 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18857 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18858 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18859 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
18860 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18861 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18862 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18866 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18867 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18868 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18870 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment")
18872 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18873 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18874 This indents the body of the continued comment
18875 under the previous comment line.
18877 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18878 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18879 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18881 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18882 or comment indentation.
18884 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18885 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18887 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18891 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
18892 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
18893 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17383 32176))
18894 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
18896 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18897 Check whether newsticker is running.
18898 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18899 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18903 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18904 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18905 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18906 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18911 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
18912 Start the newsticker.
18913 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18914 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18915 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18916 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18918 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18920 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
18921 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18922 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18927 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
18928 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
18934 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18935 ;;;;;; (17383 32162))
18936 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18938 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
18939 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18941 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18945 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17383
18947 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18949 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
18950 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18951 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18952 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18953 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18954 symbol in the alist.
18956 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18960 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18961 ;;;;;; (17397 61556))
18962 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18964 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
18965 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18966 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18972 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18973 ;;;;;; (17383 32163))
18974 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18976 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
18977 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18978 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18984 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18985 ;;;;;; (17383 32164))
18986 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18988 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
18989 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18991 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18995 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18996 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17383 32164))
18997 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18999 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19000 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19004 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19005 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19009 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19010 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19016 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19017 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17383 32114))
19018 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19020 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19021 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19022 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19024 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19026 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19029 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19031 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19032 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19033 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19034 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19035 to future sessions.
19037 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19039 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19040 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19041 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19042 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19043 to future sessions.
19045 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19049 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19050 ;;;;;; (17383 55266))
19051 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19053 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19054 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19056 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19057 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19058 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19064 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19065 ;;;;;; (17397 61570))
19066 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19068 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19069 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19070 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19071 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19072 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19078 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19079 ;;;;;; (17582 29242))
19080 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19082 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19083 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19084 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19086 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19088 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19089 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19091 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19092 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19093 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19097 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19101 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19102 ;;;;;; (17432 37364))
19103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19105 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19106 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19108 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19109 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19110 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19111 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19113 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19114 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19115 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19116 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19117 is why you need this mode!).
19119 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19120 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19121 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19123 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19128 \\{octave-mode-map}
19130 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19131 ==============================================
19134 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19137 octave-auto-newline
19138 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19141 octave-blink-matching-block
19142 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19143 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19145 octave-block-offset
19146 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19149 octave-continuation-offset
19150 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19153 octave-continuation-string
19154 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19155 Default is a backslash.
19157 octave-mode-startup-message
19158 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19161 octave-send-echo-input
19162 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19163 command to the inferior Octave process.
19165 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19166 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19167 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19169 octave-send-echo-input
19170 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19172 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19174 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19175 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19177 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19178 (setq auto-mode-alist
19179 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19181 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19182 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19184 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19188 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19189 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19191 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19192 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19193 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19194 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19200 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19201 ;;;;;; (17578 34778))
19202 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19204 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
19205 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19206 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19210 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
19211 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19212 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19213 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19214 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19216 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19222 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19223 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19224 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation
19225 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-todo-list org-agenda-list
19226 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19227 ;;;;;; (17582 28847))
19228 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19230 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19231 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19232 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19234 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19235 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19236 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19237 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19238 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19239 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19240 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19241 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19242 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19243 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19245 The following commands are available:
19251 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19252 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19254 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19255 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19256 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19257 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19258 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19260 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19261 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19262 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19263 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19264 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19265 and zoom in further.
19266 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19268 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19269 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19270 is negative, go up that many levels.
19272 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19273 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19274 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19276 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19277 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19281 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19282 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19284 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19286 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19287 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19288 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19289 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19291 a Call `org-agenda' to display the agenda for the current day or week.
19292 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19293 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19294 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19295 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19296 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19297 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19299 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19300 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19301 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19303 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19304 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19305 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19309 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19310 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19311 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19312 will be able to go to other weeks.
19313 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19314 also be shown, under the current date.
19315 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19316 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19317 to turn on logging.
19318 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19319 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19320 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19322 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19324 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19325 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19326 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19327 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19328 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19329 `org-todo-keywords'.
19331 \(fn ARG &optional KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19333 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19334 Return diary information from org-files.
19335 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19336 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19337 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19338 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19340 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19341 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19342 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19344 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19345 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19346 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19347 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19349 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19350 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19351 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19353 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19354 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19355 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19356 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19358 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19360 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19362 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19363 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19367 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19368 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19371 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19373 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19374 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19375 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19377 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19379 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19380 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19381 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19383 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19385 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19386 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19387 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19388 \\[org-insert-link].
19389 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19390 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19391 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19395 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19396 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19397 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19398 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19399 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19403 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19404 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19405 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19406 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19410 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19411 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19412 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19413 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19414 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19415 file the text at a specific location.
19416 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19417 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19418 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19420 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19421 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19422 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19423 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19424 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19425 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19426 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19427 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19429 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19430 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19431 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19432 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19434 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19435 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19436 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19438 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19439 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19440 \(i.e. after the stars).
19442 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19446 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19447 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19451 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19452 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19456 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19457 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19458 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19459 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19463 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19464 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19465 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19466 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19470 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19471 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19472 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19478 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19479 ;;;;;; (17515 39526))
19480 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19481 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19483 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19484 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19485 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19486 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19488 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19489 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19490 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19491 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19493 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19494 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19495 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19496 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19497 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19498 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19500 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19501 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19502 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19504 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19505 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19506 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19507 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19508 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19509 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19510 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19511 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19512 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19513 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19514 The subheadings remain visible.
19515 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19517 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19518 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19519 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19521 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19522 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19526 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19527 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19528 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19529 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17494
19537 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19538 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19539 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19540 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19541 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19542 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19543 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19544 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19545 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19546 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19550 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17383 32114))
19551 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19553 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19554 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19555 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19556 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19557 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19559 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
19561 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19562 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19563 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19564 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19566 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19567 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19573 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19574 ;;;;;; (17397 61548))
19575 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19577 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19578 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19579 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19580 unknown are returned as nil.
19582 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19586 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17397
19588 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19590 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19591 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19592 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19594 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19595 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19597 Other useful functions are:
19599 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19600 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19601 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19602 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19603 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19604 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19605 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19606 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19607 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19609 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19611 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19612 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19613 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19614 Indentation for case statements.
19615 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19616 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19618 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19619 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19620 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19621 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19622 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19623 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19624 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19625 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19626 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19627 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19629 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19630 pascal-separator-keywords.
19632 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19633 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19639 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19640 ;;;;;; (17383 32143))
19641 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19643 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19644 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19645 The keys affected are:
19646 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19647 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19648 M-Backspace does undo.
19649 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19650 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19651 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19657 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19658 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17383 32143))
19659 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19661 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19662 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19663 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19664 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19665 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19667 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19669 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19670 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19672 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19674 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19675 which modify the status of the mark.
19677 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19678 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19680 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19681 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19683 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19684 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19685 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19686 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19687 turning PC Selection mode on.
19689 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19690 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19692 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19693 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19694 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19696 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19697 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19698 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19700 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19701 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19703 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19704 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19705 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19707 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19708 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19709 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19715 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19716 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19721 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19722 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19723 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19724 and cursor movement commands.
19725 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19726 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19727 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19729 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19733 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17383
19735 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19737 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19738 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19744 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19745 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17383 32115))
19746 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19748 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19749 Completion for `gzip'.
19753 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19754 Completion for `bzip2'.
19758 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19759 Completion for GNU `make'.
19763 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19764 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19768 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19772 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19773 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17383 32115))
19774 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19776 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19777 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19781 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19782 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19786 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19787 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19793 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17383
19795 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19797 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19798 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
19799 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
19800 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
19801 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
19802 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
19808 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
19809 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
19810 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17383 32115))
19811 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19813 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19814 Completion for `cd'.
19818 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
19820 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19821 Completion for `rmdir'.
19825 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19826 Completion for `rm'.
19830 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19831 Completion for `xargs'.
19835 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19837 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19838 Completion for `which'.
19842 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19843 Completion for the `chown' command.
19847 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19848 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
19854 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
19855 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
19856 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17457
19858 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
19860 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
19861 Support extensible programmable completion.
19862 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
19863 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
19865 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
19867 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
19868 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
19872 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
19873 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19874 This will modify the current buffer.
19878 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
19879 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
19883 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
19884 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19885 This will modify the current buffer.
19889 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
19890 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
19894 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
19895 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
19899 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19900 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
19901 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
19902 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
19903 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
19905 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
19907 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19908 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
19914 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
19915 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
19916 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17578 34773))
19917 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
19919 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
19920 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
19921 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
19922 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19924 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
19926 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
19928 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
19929 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
19930 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19931 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19932 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19933 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19936 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
19938 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
19939 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
19940 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
19941 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19942 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19943 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19944 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19945 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19947 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19949 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
19950 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19951 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19952 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19953 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19954 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19955 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
19958 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
19960 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
19961 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19962 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19963 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19964 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19965 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19966 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19968 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19970 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
19972 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
19973 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
19974 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
19976 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
19978 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
19979 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
19980 nil means never do it.
19981 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
19982 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
19983 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
19985 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
19987 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
19988 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
19989 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
19993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17582 32791))
19994 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
19996 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20000 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20001 ;;;;;; (17498 30499))
20002 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20004 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20005 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20006 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20007 Tab indents for Perl code.
20008 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20009 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20010 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20012 Variables controlling indentation style:
20013 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20014 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20015 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20016 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20017 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20018 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20019 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20021 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20022 `perl-indent-level'
20023 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20024 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20025 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20026 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20027 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20028 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20029 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20030 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20031 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20032 `perl-brace-offset'
20033 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20034 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20035 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20036 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20037 `perl-label-offset'
20038 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20039 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20040 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20042 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20043 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20044 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20045 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20046 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20047 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20048 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20050 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20056 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20057 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20058 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20059 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17383 32117))
20060 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20062 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20063 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20065 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20067 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20068 passphrase cache or user.
20070 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20072 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20073 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20075 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20078 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20080 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20081 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20083 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20086 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20087 passphrase cache or user.
20089 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20091 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20092 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20094 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20096 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20099 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20100 passphrase cache or user.
20102 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20104 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20105 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20107 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20108 passphrase cache or user.
20110 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20112 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20113 Decrypt the current buffer.
20115 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20118 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20119 passphrase cache or user.
20121 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20123 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20124 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20126 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20127 a detached signature.
20129 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20130 and the the output is displayed.
20132 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20133 passphrase cache or user.
20135 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20137 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20138 Sign the current buffer.
20140 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20141 detached signature.
20143 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20146 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20147 and the the output is displayed.
20149 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20150 passphrase cache or user.
20152 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20154 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20155 Verify the current region between START and END.
20156 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20157 the detached signature of the current region.
20159 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20160 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20162 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20164 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20165 Verify the current buffer.
20166 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20167 the detached signature of the current region.
20168 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20169 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20170 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20173 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20175 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20176 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20180 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20181 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20183 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20185 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20186 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20192 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20193 ;;;;;; (17466 42707))
20194 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20196 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20197 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20199 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20203 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20204 ;;;;;; (17466 42716))
20205 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20207 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20208 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20209 \\<picture-mode-map>
20210 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20211 afterwards settable by these commands:
20213 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20214 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20215 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20216 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20218 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20219 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20220 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20221 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20223 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20224 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20225 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20226 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20228 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20229 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20230 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20231 with these commands:
20233 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20234 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20235 Move to column following last
20236 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20237 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20238 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20239 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20240 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20241 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20243 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20245 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20246 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20247 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20248 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20249 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20250 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20252 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20253 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20254 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20255 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20256 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20257 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20258 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20260 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20261 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20262 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20263 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20264 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20265 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20266 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20267 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20269 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20270 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20271 by supplying an argument.
20273 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20275 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20276 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20280 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20284 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20285 ;;;;;; (17578 34780))
20286 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20288 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20289 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20290 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20292 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20296 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17578 34778))
20297 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20299 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20300 Play pong and waste time.
20301 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20302 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20304 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20312 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20313 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17383 32140))
20314 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20316 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20317 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20318 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20319 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20321 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20323 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20324 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20328 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20329 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20330 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20331 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20332 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20334 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20336 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20337 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
20338 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
20339 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
20340 in the variable `values'.
20342 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20344 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20345 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20346 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20347 Ignores leading comment characters.
20353 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20354 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20355 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20356 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20357 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20358 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20359 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20360 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20361 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20362 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20363 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20364 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20365 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20366 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20367 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20368 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20369 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20370 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20371 ;;;;;; (17383 32117))
20372 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20374 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20375 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20377 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20379 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20381 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20383 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20384 Preview directory using ghostview.
20386 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20387 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20388 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20389 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20391 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20392 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20393 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20394 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20395 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20398 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20400 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20402 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20403 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20405 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20406 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20407 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20408 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20410 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20411 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20412 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20413 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20414 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20417 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20419 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20421 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20422 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20424 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20425 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20426 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20427 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20429 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20430 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20431 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20432 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20433 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20436 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20438 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20440 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20441 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20443 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20445 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20446 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20447 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20448 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20450 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20451 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20452 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20453 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20454 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20457 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20459 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20461 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20462 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20464 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20465 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20466 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20468 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20469 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20470 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20471 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20473 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20475 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20476 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20478 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20479 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20480 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20482 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20483 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20484 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20485 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20487 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20489 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20490 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20492 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20493 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20494 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20496 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20497 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20498 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20499 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20501 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20503 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20504 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20506 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20508 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20509 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20510 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20512 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20513 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20514 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20515 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20517 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20519 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20520 Preview region using ghostview.
20522 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20524 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20526 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20527 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20529 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20531 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20533 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20534 Print region using PostScript printer.
20536 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20538 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20540 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20541 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20543 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20545 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20547 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20548 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20550 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20552 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20554 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20555 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20557 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20559 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20561 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20562 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20564 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20566 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20568 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20569 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20571 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20573 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20575 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20576 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20577 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20578 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20580 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20583 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20584 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20586 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20588 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20590 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20591 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20592 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20593 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20597 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20598 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20599 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20600 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20604 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20605 Print directory using text printer.
20607 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20610 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20611 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20613 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20615 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20617 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20618 Print buffer using text printer.
20622 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20623 Print region using text printer.
20627 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20628 Print major mode using text printer.
20632 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20633 Preview spooled PostScript.
20635 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20636 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20637 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20639 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20640 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20641 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20643 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20645 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20646 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20648 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20649 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20650 instead of sending it to the printer.
20652 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20653 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20654 image in a file with that name.
20656 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20658 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20659 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20661 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20662 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20663 instead of sending it to the printer.
20665 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20666 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20667 image in a file with that name.
20669 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20671 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20672 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20674 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20675 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20676 instead of sending it to the printer.
20678 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20679 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20680 image in a file with that name.
20682 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20684 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20685 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20687 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20689 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20690 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20692 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20694 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20695 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20697 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20699 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20700 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20702 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20704 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20705 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20707 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20709 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20710 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20712 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20713 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20714 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20715 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20717 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20718 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20719 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20720 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20721 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20722 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20725 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20727 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20728 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20732 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20733 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20735 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20737 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20742 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20743 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20747 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20748 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20752 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
20753 Toggle printing with faces.
20757 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
20762 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
20767 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
20770 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20772 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20777 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
20782 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
20783 Toggle upside-down.
20787 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
20788 Toggle line number.
20792 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
20793 Toggle zebra stripes.
20797 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
20798 Toggle printing header.
20802 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
20803 Toggle printing header frame.
20807 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
20812 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
20813 Toggle auto region.
20817 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
20822 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
20823 Customization of the `printing' group.
20825 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20827 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
20828 Customization of the `lpr' group.
20830 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20832 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
20833 Help for the printing package.
20835 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20837 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
20838 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
20842 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
20843 Interactively select a text printer.
20847 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
20848 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
20852 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
20853 Show current ps-print settings.
20855 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20857 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
20858 Show current printing settings.
20860 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20862 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
20863 Show current lpr settings.
20865 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20867 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20868 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
20870 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20871 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20872 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20873 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
20876 Interactively, you have the following situations:
20878 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20879 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
20880 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
20882 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20883 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20884 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
20885 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
20886 current active printer.
20888 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20889 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
20890 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20893 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20894 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
20895 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
20896 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
20897 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20900 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
20901 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
20903 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
20905 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
20906 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
20907 be done using the new current active printer.
20909 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
20910 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20913 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
20914 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
20915 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
20916 instead of sending it to the printer.
20918 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
20919 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20922 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
20925 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20928 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
20930 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20931 Fast fire function for text printing.
20933 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20934 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20935 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20936 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
20938 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20939 user for a new active text printer.
20941 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
20943 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
20945 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
20946 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20949 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
20951 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20954 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
20958 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
20959 ;;;;;; (17397 61571))
20960 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
20962 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
20963 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
20964 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
20966 \\{prolog-mode-map}
20967 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
20968 if that value is non-nil.
20972 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
20973 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
20979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17383 32117))
20980 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
20982 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
20983 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
20984 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
20988 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17397
20990 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
20992 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
20993 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
20995 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
20997 The following variables hold user options, and can
20998 be set through the `customize' command:
21000 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21002 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21003 `ps-mode-print-function'
21005 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21009 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21012 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21018 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21019 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21020 The keymap for this second window is:
21022 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21025 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21026 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21027 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21028 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21029 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21035 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21036 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21037 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21038 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17383 32117))
21039 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21041 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21042 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21046 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21047 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21048 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21049 changed by setting the variable
21050 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21051 The initial value of this variable is
21052 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21055 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21056 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21057 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21058 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21059 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21060 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21063 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21064 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21065 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21066 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21067 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21068 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21069 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21070 use this value, be sure to have installed
21071 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21072 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21073 documentation of this variable).
21075 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21076 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21077 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21078 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21079 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21080 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21082 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21084 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
21086 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21087 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21088 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21090 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21092 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21097 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21098 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21100 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21102 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21106 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21108 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21111 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21113 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21114 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21116 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21119 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21123 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21125 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21128 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21130 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21131 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21135 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21136 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21137 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21139 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21141 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21142 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21143 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21145 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21147 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21154 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21155 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21156 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21157 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21158 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21159 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17383
21161 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21163 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21164 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21165 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21167 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
21169 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21170 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21171 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21172 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21174 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
21176 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21177 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21181 nil Do not print colors.
21185 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21186 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21188 Any other value is treated as t.")
21190 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
21192 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21193 Customization of ps-print group.
21197 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21198 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21200 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21201 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21202 sending it to the printer.
21204 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21205 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21206 image in a file with that name.
21208 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21210 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21211 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21212 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21213 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21214 so it has a way to determine color values.
21216 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21218 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21219 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21220 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21222 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21224 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21225 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21226 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21227 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21228 so it has a way to determine color values.
21230 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21232 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21233 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21234 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21235 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21237 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21241 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21242 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21243 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21244 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21245 so it has a way to determine color values.
21247 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21251 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21252 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21253 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21255 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21257 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21259 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21260 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21261 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21262 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21263 so it has a way to determine color values.
21265 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21267 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21269 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21270 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21272 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21273 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21274 instead of sending it to the printer.
21276 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21277 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21278 image in a file with that name.
21280 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21282 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21283 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21284 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21285 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21286 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21290 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21291 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21292 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21294 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21296 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21297 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21298 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21300 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21302 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21303 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21307 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21308 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21310 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21311 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21313 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21314 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21316 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21318 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21320 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21322 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21323 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21325 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21326 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21328 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21329 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21331 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21333 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21335 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21337 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21338 foreground and background colors respectively.
21340 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21341 bold - use bold font.
21342 italic - use italic font.
21343 underline - put a line under text.
21344 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21345 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21346 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21347 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21348 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21350 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21352 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21356 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21357 ;;;;;; (17487 53546))
21358 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21360 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21362 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21364 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21366 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21367 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21368 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21369 buffer automatically.
21370 If there is a process already running in `*Python*', switch to
21371 that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit the initial
21372 command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args will be added
21373 to this as appropriate. Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook'
21374 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
21375 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
21377 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW)" t nil)
21379 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21380 Major mode for editing Python files.
21381 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is required for correct
21382 parsing of the source.
21383 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21384 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21385 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21387 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21388 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21389 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21390 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21391 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21392 \\<python-mode-map>
21393 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21394 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21395 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21396 deletes a charcter backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21397 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21398 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21400 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multiline strings appropriately, but has no
21401 effect outside them.
21403 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21404 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21405 lines count as headers.
21407 \\{python-mode-map}
21411 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21412 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21413 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21414 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21420 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21421 ;;;;;; (17420 36085))
21422 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21424 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21425 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21426 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21429 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21430 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21432 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21433 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21434 them into characters should be done separately.
21436 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21440 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21441 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21442 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21443 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21444 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17304 24770))
21445 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21447 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21448 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21452 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21453 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21454 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21456 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21457 `quail-activate', which see.
21459 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21461 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21462 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21463 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21464 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21465 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21466 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21467 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21469 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21470 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21471 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21472 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21473 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21475 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21477 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21478 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21479 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21480 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21481 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21482 list of candidates.
21484 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21485 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21486 command to be called.
21488 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21489 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21490 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21491 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21493 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21494 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21495 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21496 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21497 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21500 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21501 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21502 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21503 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21505 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21506 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21507 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21508 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21510 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21511 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21512 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21513 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21514 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21515 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21517 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21518 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21519 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21520 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21521 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21522 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21524 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21525 covers Quail translation region.
21527 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21528 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21529 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21530 for it) is inserted.
21532 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21533 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21534 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21536 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21537 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21538 non-Quail commands.
21540 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21542 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21543 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21545 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21546 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21547 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21548 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21549 you type is correctly handled.
21551 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21553 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21554 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21556 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21559 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21561 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21562 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21563 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21564 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21565 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21566 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21567 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21568 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21569 for the translation.
21570 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21572 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21573 it is used to handle KEY.
21575 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21576 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21577 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21578 the following annotation types are supported.
21580 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21581 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21583 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21586 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21587 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21588 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21591 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21592 generated for the following translations.
21594 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21596 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21597 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21599 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21600 which to install MAP.
21602 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21604 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21606 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21607 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21609 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21610 which to install MAP.
21612 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21614 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21616 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21617 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21618 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21619 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21620 a function, or a cons.
21621 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21622 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21623 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21624 for the translation.
21625 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21626 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21627 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21628 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21629 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21631 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21632 it is used to handle KEY.
21634 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21635 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21636 current Quail package.
21638 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21639 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21641 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21643 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21644 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21646 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21647 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21649 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21651 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21652 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21654 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21656 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21657 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21658 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21659 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21660 of the Emacs source tree.
21662 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21663 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21665 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21666 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21669 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21673 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21674 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21675 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17383
21677 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21679 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21680 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21681 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21682 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21684 To make use of this do something like:
21686 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21688 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21690 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21691 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21693 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21694 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21695 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21697 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21699 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21700 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21702 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21704 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21705 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21707 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21710 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21712 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21713 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21715 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21716 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21717 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21719 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21721 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21722 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21724 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21726 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21727 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21731 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21732 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21734 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21736 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21740 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
21741 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21747 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
21748 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17578 34778))
21749 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21751 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
21753 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
21757 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
21759 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
21762 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
21764 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
21765 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
21766 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21767 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21768 use either \\[customize] or the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
21770 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc")
21772 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
21773 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
21775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21779 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17578
21781 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21783 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
21784 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21787 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21791 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21792 ;;;;;; (17503 24307))
21793 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21795 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
21797 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
21798 Construct a regexp interactively.
21804 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17457 37500))
21805 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21807 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21808 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21809 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21810 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21811 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
21813 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
21815 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
21816 Toggle recentf mode.
21817 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21818 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21820 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21821 that were operated on recently.
21823 \\{recentf-mode-map}
21825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21829 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21830 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21831 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
21832 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17466
21834 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
21836 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
21837 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
21838 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
21839 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
21841 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
21843 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
21845 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
21846 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
21847 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
21848 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
21851 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21852 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
21855 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21857 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21858 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21859 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21861 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21862 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21865 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
21867 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21868 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21869 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21871 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
21873 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
21874 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
21876 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21877 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
21879 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21882 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
21883 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
21884 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
21885 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
21888 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21890 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
21891 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
21895 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21896 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
21897 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
21898 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
21899 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
21900 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
21901 and point is at the lower right corner.
21903 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
21905 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
21906 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21908 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
21909 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
21911 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21912 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
21913 on the right side of the rectangle.
21915 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21917 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
21919 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
21920 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
21921 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
21922 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
21923 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
21925 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21926 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
21928 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21930 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
21931 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
21932 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
21934 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
21936 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21938 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
21940 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21941 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21943 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21944 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
21945 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
21947 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21949 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
21950 Blank out the region-rectangle.
21951 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
21953 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21954 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
21955 rectangle which were empty.
21957 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21961 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17383
21963 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
21965 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
21966 Toggle Refill minor mode.
21967 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
21969 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
21970 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
21971 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
21973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21977 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
21978 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17404 53188))
21979 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
21981 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
21982 Turn on RefTeX mode.
21986 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
21987 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
21989 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
21990 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
21992 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
21993 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
21994 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
21997 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
21998 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
21999 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22001 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22002 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22003 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22005 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22006 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22008 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22009 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22011 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22012 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22015 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22017 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22019 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22020 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22021 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22027 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22028 ;;;;;; (17404 53187))
22029 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22031 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22032 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22033 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22034 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22035 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22036 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22038 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22040 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22042 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22043 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22044 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22045 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22046 `reftex-cite-format'.
22048 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22049 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22050 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22051 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22053 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22057 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22058 ;;;;;; (17404 53187))
22059 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22061 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22062 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22063 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22064 the current TeX document.
22066 With no argument, this command toggles
22067 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22068 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22074 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22075 ;;;;;; (17420 36092))
22076 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22078 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22079 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22080 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22082 To insert new phrases, use
22083 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22084 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22086 To index phrases use one of:
22088 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22089 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22090 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22091 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22092 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22094 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22095 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22097 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22099 Here are all local bindings.
22101 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22107 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22108 ;;;;;; (17404 53187))
22109 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22111 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22112 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22113 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22116 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17494
22122 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22123 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22124 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22125 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22126 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22130 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22131 ;;;;;; (17383 32141))
22132 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22134 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22135 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
22136 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22137 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22138 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22139 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22141 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22142 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22144 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22147 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22149 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22150 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22151 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22152 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22154 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22158 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17383 32118))
22159 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22161 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22162 Repeat most recently executed command.
22163 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22164 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22165 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22167 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22168 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22169 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22171 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22175 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22176 ;;;;;; (17383 32169))
22177 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22179 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22180 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22182 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22183 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22184 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22185 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22186 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22187 and point is left after the salutation.
22189 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22190 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22191 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22192 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22193 left after that text.
22195 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22198 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22199 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22200 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22201 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22203 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22207 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22208 ;;;;;; (17383 32119))
22209 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22211 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22212 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22213 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22214 visibility of comments that precede it.
22215 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22216 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22217 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22218 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22219 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22220 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22221 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22222 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22224 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22225 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22226 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22227 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22228 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22231 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22235 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17383
22237 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22239 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22240 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22246 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22247 ;;;;;; (17494 22060))
22248 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22250 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22251 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22252 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22254 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22255 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22256 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22260 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22261 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22262 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22263 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22264 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22266 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
22268 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22269 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22270 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22272 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22273 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22274 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22280 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22281 ;;;;;; (17383 32141))
22282 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22284 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22285 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22289 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22290 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22292 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22296 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17383 32177))
22297 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22298 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22300 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22301 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22302 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22303 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22305 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22307 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22308 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22309 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22310 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22312 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22313 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22315 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22316 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22318 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22319 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22322 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22323 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22324 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22325 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22326 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22328 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22329 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22330 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22331 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22333 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22334 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22337 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22341 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22342 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22343 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22344 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22345 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22346 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22347 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17521
22349 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22351 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22352 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22353 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22355 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22357 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22358 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22359 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22360 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22362 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
22364 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22365 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22366 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22367 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22368 value is the user's email address and name.)
22369 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22371 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22372 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22373 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22374 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22375 which normally happens once for each message,
22376 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22377 To make a change in this variable take effect
22378 for a message that you have already viewed,
22379 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22381 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
22383 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22384 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22385 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22386 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22388 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
22390 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22391 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22393 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
22395 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22396 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22397 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22398 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22400 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
22402 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22403 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22405 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
22407 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22408 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22410 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
22412 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22413 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22414 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22415 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22416 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22418 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
22420 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22421 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22422 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22423 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22425 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
22427 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22428 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22430 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
22432 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22433 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22435 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
22437 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22438 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22440 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
22442 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22443 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22445 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22446 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22448 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22449 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22451 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
22453 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22454 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22456 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22457 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22458 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22459 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22461 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22462 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22464 This is set to nil by default.")
22466 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22467 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22468 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22469 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22470 until a user explicitly requires it.
22472 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22473 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22476 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
22478 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22479 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22480 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22481 It is called with no argument.")
22483 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22484 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22485 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22486 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22487 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22488 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22489 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22491 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22492 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22493 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22494 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22495 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22496 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22498 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22499 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22500 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22501 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22502 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22504 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22505 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22506 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22507 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22508 MSG is the message number,
22509 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22510 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22512 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22513 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22514 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22515 this feature is required with `require'.
22517 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22518 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22520 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22521 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22522 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22523 the message is decoded as normal way.
22525 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22526 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22527 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22529 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22530 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22531 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22533 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22534 Read and edit incoming mail.
22535 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22536 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22537 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22539 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22540 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22541 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22542 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22544 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22546 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22548 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22549 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22550 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22551 Instead, these commands are available:
22553 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22554 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22555 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22556 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22557 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22558 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22559 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22560 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22561 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22562 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22563 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22564 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22565 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22566 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22567 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22568 till a deleted message is found.
22569 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22570 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22571 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22572 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22573 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22574 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22575 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22576 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22577 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22578 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22579 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22580 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22581 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22582 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22583 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22584 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22585 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22586 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22587 (label defaults to last one specified).
22588 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22589 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22590 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22591 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22592 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22593 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22594 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22595 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22596 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22600 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22601 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22603 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22605 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22606 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22608 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22612 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22613 ;;;;;; (17383 32170))
22614 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22616 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22617 Edit the contents of this message.
22623 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22624 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22625 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17383 32170))
22626 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22628 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22629 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22630 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22632 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22634 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22635 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22636 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22638 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22640 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22643 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22645 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22646 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22647 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22648 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22649 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22651 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22653 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22654 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22655 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22656 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22657 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22659 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22663 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22664 ;;;;;; (17383 32170))
22665 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22667 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22668 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22669 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22670 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22672 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22676 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22677 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22678 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17383 32170))
22679 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22681 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22682 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22683 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22684 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22685 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22686 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22687 a file name as a string.")
22689 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
22691 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22692 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22693 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22694 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22695 buffer visiting that file.
22696 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22697 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22699 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22700 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22702 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22703 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22705 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22706 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22708 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22710 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22711 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22713 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
22715 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22716 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22717 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22718 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22719 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22721 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22722 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22723 will be appended with their original headers.
22725 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22726 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22728 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22729 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22731 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22733 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
22735 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
22736 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22737 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
22739 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22743 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
22744 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
22745 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17383
22747 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
22749 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
22750 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
22751 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22753 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22755 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
22756 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
22757 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22759 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22761 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
22762 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
22763 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22765 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22767 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
22768 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
22769 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22771 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22773 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
22774 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
22775 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22777 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22779 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
22780 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
22781 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22783 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22785 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
22786 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
22787 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22788 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
22790 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
22794 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
22795 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
22796 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
22797 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
22798 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17432 37362))
22799 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
22801 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
22802 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
22804 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
22806 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
22807 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
22809 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
22811 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
22812 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
22816 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
22817 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
22818 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
22820 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
22822 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
22823 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
22824 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
22825 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22826 only look in the To and From fields.
22827 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22829 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
22831 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
22832 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
22833 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
22834 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
22835 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
22837 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22839 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
22840 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
22841 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
22842 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22843 look in the whole message.
22844 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22846 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
22848 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
22849 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
22850 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
22852 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
22854 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
22855 *Function to decode summary-line.
22857 By default, `identity' is set.")
22859 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
22861 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22862 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22863 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22864 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22865 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22866 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22867 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22869 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22870 sent by you under different user names.
22871 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22873 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22875 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
22879 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
22880 ;;;;;; (17383 32180))
22881 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
22883 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
22884 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
22885 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
22886 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
22888 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
22892 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
22893 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17383 32119))
22894 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
22896 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
22897 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
22899 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
22901 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
22902 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
22904 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22906 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
22907 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
22909 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22911 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
22912 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
22913 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
22915 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
22916 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
22919 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
22923 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
22924 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
22930 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
22931 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
22932 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
22933 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
22934 ;;;;;; (17383 32180))
22935 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
22937 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
22938 *This variable is obsolete.")
22940 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
22942 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
22943 *This variable is obsolete.")
22945 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
22947 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
22948 *This variable is obsolete.")
22950 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
22952 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
22953 *This variable is obsolete.")
22955 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
22957 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
22958 *This variable is obsolete.")
22960 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
22962 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
22963 *This variable is obsolete.")
22965 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
22967 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
22968 This function is obsolete.
22970 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
22974 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17383
22976 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
22978 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
22979 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
22981 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22985 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17420
22987 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
22989 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
22990 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
22991 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
22992 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
22994 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
22996 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
22997 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
22998 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
22999 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23001 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23005 matches string STRING literally.
23008 matches character CHAR literally.
23010 `not-newline', `nonl'
23011 matches any character except a newline.
23014 matches any character
23019 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23020 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23021 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23023 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23024 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23025 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23026 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23028 `(not (any SET ...))'
23029 matches any character not in SET ...
23031 `line-start', `bol'
23032 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23033 in the text being matched
23036 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23038 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23039 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23040 string being matched against.
23042 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23043 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23044 string being matched against.
23047 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23048 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23051 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23052 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23055 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23057 `word-start', `bow'
23058 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23062 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23065 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23068 `(not word-boundary)'
23069 `not-word-boundary'
23070 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23073 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23074 matches 0 through 9.
23077 matches ASCII control characters.
23079 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23080 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23083 matches space and tab only.
23086 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23089 `printing', `print'
23090 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23093 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23094 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23095 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23097 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23098 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23099 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23102 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23105 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23107 `lower', `lower-case'
23108 matches anything lower-case.
23110 `upper', `upper-case'
23111 matches anything upper-case.
23113 `punctuation', `punct'
23114 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23115 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23117 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23118 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23121 matches anything that has word syntax.
23124 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23127 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23128 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23129 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23131 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23132 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23135 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23136 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23137 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23138 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23139 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23141 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23142 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23143 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23144 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23145 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23147 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23148 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23150 `(category CATEGORY)'
23151 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23152 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23154 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23155 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23156 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23157 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23161 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23162 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23163 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23164 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23165 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23166 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23167 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23168 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23169 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23170 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23171 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23172 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23173 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23174 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23183 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23187 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23189 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23194 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23195 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23197 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23198 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23199 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23200 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23201 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23203 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23204 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23205 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23206 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23208 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23209 another name for `submatch'.
23211 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23212 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23213 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23214 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23215 regular expression.
23217 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23218 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23219 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23220 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23221 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23223 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23224 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23226 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23227 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23229 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23231 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23234 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23235 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23238 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23239 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23241 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23243 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23246 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23249 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23251 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23252 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23254 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23257 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23260 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23264 matches N occurrences.
23267 matches N or more occurrences.
23269 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23270 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23271 matches N to M occurrences.
23274 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23277 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23280 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23283 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23287 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23289 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23293 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23294 ;;;;;; (17457 37500))
23295 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23297 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23298 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23299 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23302 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist")
23304 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23305 Toggle savehist-mode.
23306 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23307 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23308 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23309 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23311 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23312 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23313 which is probably undesirable.
23319 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23320 ;;;;;; (17397 61572))
23321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23323 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23324 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23325 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23327 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23328 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23329 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23330 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23331 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23332 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23333 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23334 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23337 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23338 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23339 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23340 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23341 if that value is non-nil.
23345 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23346 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23347 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23350 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23351 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23352 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23353 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23354 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23355 that variable's value is a string.
23361 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23362 ;;;;;; (17383 32165))
23363 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23365 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23366 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23367 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23369 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23375 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17383
23377 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23379 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
23380 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23381 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23382 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23384 Interesting variables:
23386 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23387 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23389 `scribe-electric-quote'
23390 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23392 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23393 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23394 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23400 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23401 ;;;;;; (17383 32120))
23402 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23404 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23405 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23406 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23407 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23408 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23410 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
23412 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23413 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23414 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23415 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23416 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23422 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23423 ;;;;;; (17383 32120))
23424 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23426 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23427 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23428 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23429 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23430 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23433 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23437 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23438 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23439 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23440 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23441 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23442 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23443 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23444 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23445 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17578 34777))
23446 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23448 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23449 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23451 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23453 If `parens', they look like:
23454 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23455 If `angles', they look like:
23456 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23457 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23458 derived from the envelope-from address.
23460 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23461 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23462 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23463 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23465 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
23467 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23468 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23469 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23470 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23472 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23473 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23474 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23475 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23477 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
23479 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23480 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23481 This is done when the message is initialized,
23482 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23484 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
23486 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23487 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23488 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23490 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
23492 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23494 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23495 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23496 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23497 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23498 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23499 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23500 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23502 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
23504 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23505 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23507 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
23509 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23510 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23511 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23513 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
23515 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23516 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23517 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23518 when you first send mail.")
23520 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
23522 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23523 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23524 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23525 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23526 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23528 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
23530 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23531 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23532 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23533 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23534 This file need not actually exist.")
23536 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
23538 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23539 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23540 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23542 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail")
23544 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23545 Alist of mail address aliases,
23546 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23547 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23548 can specify a different file name.)
23549 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23550 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23552 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23553 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23554 nil means use indentation.")
23556 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail")
23558 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23559 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23560 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23562 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail")
23564 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23565 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23566 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23567 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23568 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23569 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23570 in the cited portion of the message.
23572 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23573 instead of no action.")
23575 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail")
23577 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23578 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23579 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23580 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23581 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23583 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail")
23585 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23586 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23587 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23588 If a string, that string is inserted.
23589 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23590 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23591 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23592 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23594 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
23596 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23597 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23599 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail")
23601 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23602 Directory for mail buffers.
23603 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23604 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23606 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
23608 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23609 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23610 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23611 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23613 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail")
23615 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23616 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23617 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23618 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23621 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail")
23623 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23624 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23625 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23626 `query' means ask the user each time.
23627 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23628 The default is `mime'.
23629 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23630 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23632 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail")
23634 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23635 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23636 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23638 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23639 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23641 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23642 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23643 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23644 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23645 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23646 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23647 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23648 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23649 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23650 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23651 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23652 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23653 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23657 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23658 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23660 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23661 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23663 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail")
23665 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23666 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23667 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23668 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23669 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23670 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23672 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23673 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23674 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23676 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23677 User should not set this variable manually,
23678 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23679 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23680 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23681 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23683 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23684 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23685 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23686 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23688 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23689 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23692 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23694 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23695 to move to message header fields:
23698 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23699 when the message is initialized.
23701 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23702 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23704 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23707 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23708 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23710 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23711 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23712 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23713 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23714 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23715 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23716 buffer without erasing the contents.
23718 The second through fifth arguments,
23719 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23720 the initial contents of those header fields.
23721 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23722 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23723 original message being replied to, or else an action
23724 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23725 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23726 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23727 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23728 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23729 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23731 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23733 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23734 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23736 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23738 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23739 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23741 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23745 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
23746 ;;;;;; (17582 28846))
23747 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23749 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23750 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23751 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23752 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23753 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23754 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23756 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23758 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23760 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23761 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23762 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23763 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23764 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
23766 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
23768 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23769 Toggle Server mode.
23770 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23771 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23772 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23778 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17578 34773))
23779 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23781 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
23782 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23783 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
23787 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23788 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23789 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23790 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23796 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23797 ;;;;;; (17521 64540))
23798 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23800 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23801 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23803 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23806 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23807 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23808 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23810 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
23811 in your `.emacs' file.
23813 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23815 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23816 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23821 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
23823 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23824 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23825 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23826 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23827 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23828 which this is based.
23830 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23832 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23833 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23834 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23835 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23837 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23838 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23839 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23841 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23842 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23843 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23844 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23846 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23847 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23848 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23849 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23851 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23853 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23854 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
23855 To work around that, do:
23856 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23864 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23865 ;;;;;; (17590 26287))
23866 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23867 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
23869 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
23870 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23871 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23872 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23873 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23874 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23876 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23877 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23878 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23879 shell-specific features.
23881 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23882 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23883 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23885 \\[sh-case] case statement
23886 \\[sh-for] for loop
23887 \\[sh-function] function definition
23888 \\[sh-if] if statement
23889 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23890 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23891 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23892 \\[sh-select] select loop
23893 \\[sh-until] until loop
23894 \\[sh-while] while loop
23896 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23897 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23898 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23899 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23900 would indent to the way it currently is.
23901 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23902 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23905 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23906 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23907 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
23908 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
23909 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
23910 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
23912 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
23914 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
23916 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
23917 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
23918 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
23920 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
23921 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
23925 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
23929 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17383 32165))
23930 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
23932 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
23933 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
23934 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
23935 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
23936 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
23937 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
23939 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
23943 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
23944 ;;;;;; (17383 32141))
23945 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
23947 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
23948 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
23950 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
23951 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
23952 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
23953 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
23956 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
23958 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
23960 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
23961 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
23962 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
23964 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
23965 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
23967 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
23968 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
23969 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
23970 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
23971 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
23972 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
23973 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
23976 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
23977 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
23978 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
23979 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
23980 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
23982 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
23983 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
23984 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
23990 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
23991 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17383
23993 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
23995 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
23996 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
23997 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
23998 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
23999 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24000 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24005 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24006 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24007 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24008 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24009 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24013 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24014 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24015 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24016 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24017 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
24018 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24019 `shadow-define-cluster').
24023 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24024 Set up file shadowing.
24030 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24031 ;;;;;; (17582 28833))
24032 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24034 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24035 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24036 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24037 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24038 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24041 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
24043 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24044 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24045 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24046 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24047 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24048 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24049 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24050 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
24051 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
24052 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
24053 discards input when it starts up.)
24054 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24055 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24056 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24058 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24059 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24060 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24061 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24062 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24063 `default-process-coding-system'.
24065 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24066 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24067 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24068 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24070 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24072 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24073 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24077 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24078 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17383 32166))
24079 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24081 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24084 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24086 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24089 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24091 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24094 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24098 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24099 ;;;;;; (17383 32166))
24100 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24102 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24103 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24104 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24105 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24106 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24108 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17590 36099))
24115 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24116 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24120 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17397
24122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24124 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24125 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24126 \\{simula-mode-map}
24127 Variables controlling indentation style:
24128 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24129 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24130 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24131 `simula-indent-level'
24132 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24133 `simula-substatement-offset'
24134 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24135 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24136 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24137 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24138 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24139 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24140 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24141 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24142 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24143 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24144 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24145 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24146 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24147 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24148 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24149 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24150 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24151 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24152 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24153 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24154 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24155 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24156 or nil if they should not be changed.
24157 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24158 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24159 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24160 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24162 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24163 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24169 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24170 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17521 64537))
24171 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24173 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24174 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24176 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24177 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24178 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24179 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24181 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24183 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24185 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24186 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24187 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24188 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24189 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24191 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24192 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24194 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24196 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24197 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24199 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24200 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24201 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24202 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24204 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24205 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24206 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24207 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24209 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24210 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24211 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24213 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24214 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24216 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24217 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24219 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24220 _ interesting point, interregion here
24221 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24222 interesting point set by _
24223 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24224 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24225 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24226 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24227 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24228 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24231 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24232 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24234 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24235 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24236 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24237 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24238 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24239 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24240 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24241 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24243 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24244 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24245 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24246 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24247 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24250 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24251 then: insert previously read string once more
24252 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24253 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24254 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24256 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24257 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24259 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24261 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24262 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24264 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24265 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24266 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24267 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24268 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24271 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24272 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24273 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24279 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24280 ;;;;;; (17494 22060))
24281 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24283 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24284 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24285 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24288 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24290 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24291 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24292 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24294 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24298 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24299 ;;;;;; (17457 37503))
24300 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24302 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24303 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24304 A list of images is returned.
24306 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24308 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24309 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24310 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24312 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24316 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24317 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17383 32170))
24318 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24320 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24325 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24326 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24332 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17383 32183))
24333 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24335 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24336 Play the Snake game.
24337 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24339 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24341 Snake mode keybindings:
24343 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24344 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24345 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24346 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24347 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24348 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24349 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24355 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24356 ;;;;;; (17383 32177))
24357 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24359 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24360 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24361 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24362 Tab indents for C code.
24363 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24364 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24366 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24371 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24372 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24373 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24374 Tab indents for C code.
24375 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24376 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24378 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24379 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24385 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24386 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24387 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17397 61548))
24388 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24390 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24391 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24393 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24394 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24395 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24397 For example, the form
24399 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24400 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24402 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24404 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
24406 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24407 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24409 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24410 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24411 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24414 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24416 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
24418 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24419 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24421 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24422 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24423 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24426 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24428 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
24430 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24431 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24432 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24435 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24437 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
24439 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24440 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24441 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24443 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24444 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24446 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24448 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24450 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24451 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24452 Requires floating point.
24458 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17383
24460 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24462 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24465 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24466 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24467 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24468 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24469 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24470 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24471 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24472 check after each move or undo)
24476 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24477 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24478 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24497 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24498 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24499 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24500 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24502 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24503 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24504 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24507 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24508 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24510 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24526 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24528 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24534 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24535 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24536 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17466 42707))
24537 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24539 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24540 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24542 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24543 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24544 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24545 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24548 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24549 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24550 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24553 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24554 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24556 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24557 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24558 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24559 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24562 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24563 It should move point to the end of the record.
24565 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24566 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24567 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24568 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24569 starts at the beginning of the record.
24571 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24572 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24575 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24576 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24578 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24580 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24581 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24582 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24583 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24584 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24587 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24589 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24590 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24591 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24592 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24593 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24596 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24598 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24599 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24600 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24601 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24602 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24605 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24607 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24608 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24609 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24610 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24611 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24612 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24613 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24614 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24615 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24617 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24619 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24620 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24621 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24622 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24623 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24624 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24625 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24628 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24630 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24631 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24632 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24633 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24634 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24635 is to be used for sorting.
24636 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24637 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24638 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24639 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24640 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24642 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24644 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24647 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24648 starting with the letter \"f\",
24649 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24651 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24653 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24654 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24655 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24656 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24657 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24658 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24659 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24662 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24663 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24664 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24665 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24666 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24668 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24670 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24671 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24672 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24674 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24678 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17457
24680 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24682 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24683 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24689 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24690 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24691 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17397 61557))
24692 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24694 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24695 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24697 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24698 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24699 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24701 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24703 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24704 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24705 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24708 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24710 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24711 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24712 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24714 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24716 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24717 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24718 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24719 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24724 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24725 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24726 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24727 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24733 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24734 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17578 34773))
24735 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24737 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24739 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24740 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24741 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24742 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24743 supported at a time.
24744 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24745 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24749 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24750 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24751 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24752 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24758 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24759 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17383 32189))
24760 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24762 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24764 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24765 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24766 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24767 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24768 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24769 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24773 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
24774 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24775 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24776 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24780 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
24781 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24782 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24783 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24784 for example, \"word\".
24786 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24788 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
24789 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24791 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24795 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17383
24797 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24799 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
24800 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24804 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
24805 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24811 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24812 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24813 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24814 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17397
24816 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24818 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
24819 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24821 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24822 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24823 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24824 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24825 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24826 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24827 of the current highlighting list.
24831 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24832 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24834 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24835 `_t' as data types.
24837 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24839 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
24840 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24842 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24843 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24845 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24847 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24848 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24849 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24851 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24853 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24854 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24855 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24856 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24857 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24858 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24860 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24861 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24863 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24865 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24866 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24867 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24868 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24870 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24871 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24872 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24873 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24875 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24876 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24877 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24881 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
24882 Major mode to edit SQL.
24884 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24885 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24886 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24889 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24891 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24892 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24893 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24894 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24895 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24896 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24898 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24899 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24901 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24902 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24903 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24905 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24907 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24911 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
24912 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
24914 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24915 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24918 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24920 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
24922 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
24923 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
24925 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24926 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24929 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
24930 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24931 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
24932 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
24934 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24935 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24937 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24938 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24939 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24940 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24941 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24942 `default-process-coding-system'.
24944 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24948 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
24949 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
24951 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24952 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24955 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
24956 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
24957 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24958 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
24960 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24961 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24963 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24964 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24965 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24966 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24967 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24968 `default-process-coding-system'.
24970 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24974 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
24975 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
24977 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24978 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24981 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
24982 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24984 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24985 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24987 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24988 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24989 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24990 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24991 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24992 `default-process-coding-system'.
24994 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24998 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
24999 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25001 SQLite is free software.
25003 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25004 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25007 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25008 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25009 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25010 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25012 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25013 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25015 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25016 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25017 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25018 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25019 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25020 `default-process-coding-system'.
25022 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25026 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25027 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25029 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25031 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25032 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25035 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25036 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25037 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25038 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25040 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25041 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25043 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25044 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25045 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25046 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25047 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25048 `default-process-coding-system'.
25050 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25054 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25055 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25057 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25058 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25061 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25062 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25065 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25066 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25068 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25069 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25070 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25071 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25072 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25073 `default-process-coding-system'.
25075 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25079 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25080 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25082 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25083 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25086 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25087 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25089 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25090 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25092 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25093 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25094 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25095 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25096 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25097 `default-process-coding-system'.
25099 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25103 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25104 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25106 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25107 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25110 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25111 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25112 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25113 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25115 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25116 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25118 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25119 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25120 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25121 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25122 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25123 `default-process-coding-system'.
25125 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25129 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25130 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25132 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25133 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25136 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25137 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25138 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25139 `sql-postgres-options'.
25141 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25142 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25144 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25145 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25146 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25147 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25148 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25149 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25150 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25151 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25153 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25154 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25156 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25160 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25161 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25163 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25164 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25167 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25168 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25171 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25172 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25174 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25175 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25176 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25177 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25178 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25179 `default-process-coding-system'.
25181 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25185 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25186 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25188 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25189 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25192 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25195 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25196 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25198 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25199 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25200 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25201 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25203 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25204 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25205 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25206 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25207 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25208 `default-process-coding-system'.
25210 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25214 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25215 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25217 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25218 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25221 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25222 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25223 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25224 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25227 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25228 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25229 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25230 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25233 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25234 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25236 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25242 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25243 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25244 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25245 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25246 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17383
25248 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25250 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25251 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25252 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25253 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25254 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25255 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25257 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25259 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25261 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25262 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25263 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25264 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25265 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25266 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25267 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25269 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25271 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25272 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25273 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25274 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25275 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25276 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25277 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25279 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25281 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25282 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25283 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25285 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25287 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25288 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25289 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25291 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25293 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25294 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25296 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25298 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25299 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25303 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25304 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25308 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25309 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25310 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25311 chronologically by command name.
25312 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25314 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25316 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25317 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25318 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25319 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25320 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
25322 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
25324 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25325 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25326 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25327 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25328 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25329 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25330 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25332 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25333 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25334 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25335 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25337 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25339 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25341 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25342 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25343 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25344 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25346 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25348 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25349 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25355 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25356 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16221 3781))
25357 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25359 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25360 Studlify-case the region.
25362 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25364 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25365 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25367 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25369 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25370 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25376 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17590 36099))
25377 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25379 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25380 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25381 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25382 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25383 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25384 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25386 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25387 is used instead of `load-path'.
25389 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25390 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25391 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25393 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25397 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25398 ;;;;;; (17383 32170))
25399 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25401 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25402 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25403 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25404 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25405 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25406 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25407 original message but it does require a few things:
25409 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25411 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25414 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25415 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25418 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25420 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25422 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25423 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25424 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25430 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17416 55046))
25431 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25433 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25434 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25435 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25436 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25437 use either \\[customize] or the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25439 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse")
25441 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25442 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25443 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25445 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25451 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17383 32122))
25452 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25454 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25455 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25456 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25457 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25458 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25460 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25462 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25463 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25464 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25465 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25466 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25467 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25468 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25470 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25474 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25475 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25476 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25477 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25478 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25479 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25480 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25481 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25482 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25483 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25484 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25485 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25486 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17578 34780))
25487 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25489 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25490 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25491 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25493 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
25495 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25496 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25498 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
25500 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25501 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25503 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
25505 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25506 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25508 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
25510 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25511 Insert an editable text table.
25512 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25513 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25514 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25515 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25516 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25517 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25522 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25524 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25529 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25530 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25531 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25532 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25535 +-----+-----+-----+
25537 +-----+-----+-----+
25539 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25541 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25542 width, which results as
25544 +--------------+-----+-----+
25546 +--------------+-----+-----+
25548 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25549 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25551 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25553 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25555 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25556 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25557 width information to `table-insert'.
25559 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25565 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25568 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25569 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25571 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25574 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25576 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25578 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25581 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25584 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25586 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25588 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25591 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25594 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25597 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25598 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25599 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25601 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25604 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25607 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25610 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25612 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25615 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25618 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25619 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25620 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25621 | | |expected results.-!- |
25622 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25625 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25627 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25631 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25633 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25634 Insert N table row(s).
25635 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25636 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25637 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25638 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25642 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25643 Insert N table column(s).
25644 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25645 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25646 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25647 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25651 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25652 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25653 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25655 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25657 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25658 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25659 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25660 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25661 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25662 all the table specific features.
25664 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25666 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25671 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25672 Recognize all tables within region.
25673 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25674 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25675 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25678 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25680 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25683 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25685 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25686 Recognize a table at point.
25687 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25688 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25689 the table specific features.
25691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25693 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25698 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25699 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25700 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25701 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25702 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25703 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25704 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25706 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25708 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25713 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25714 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25715 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25716 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25717 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25718 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25721 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25723 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25724 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25725 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25726 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25727 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25728 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25729 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25734 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25735 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25736 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25737 table's rectangle structure.
25739 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25741 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25742 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25743 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25744 table's rectangle structure.
25748 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25749 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25750 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25751 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25752 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25754 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25756 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25757 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25758 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25760 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25761 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25762 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25763 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25764 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25765 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25766 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25768 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25769 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25770 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25771 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25772 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25773 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25774 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25776 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25777 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25778 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25779 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25780 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25781 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25782 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25783 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25785 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25787 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
25788 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25789 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25790 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25794 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
25795 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25796 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25798 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25800 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
25801 Split current cell vertically.
25802 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25806 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
25807 Split current cell horizontally.
25808 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25812 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
25813 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25814 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25816 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25818 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
25819 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25820 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25821 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25823 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25825 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
25826 Justify cell contents.
25827 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25828 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25829 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25830 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25832 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25834 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
25835 Justify cells of a row.
25836 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25837 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25839 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25841 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
25842 Justify cells of a column.
25843 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25844 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25846 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25848 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
25849 Toggle fixing width mode.
25850 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25851 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25852 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25856 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
25857 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25858 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25859 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25860 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25861 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25862 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25863 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25864 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25865 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25866 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25868 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25870 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
25871 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25872 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25873 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25874 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25875 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25876 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25877 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25878 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25879 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25880 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25881 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25884 References used for this implementation:
25890 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
25892 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25893 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
25894 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
25896 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
25898 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
25899 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
25900 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
25901 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
25902 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
25903 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
25904 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
25905 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
25906 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
25907 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
25908 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
25909 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
25910 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
25911 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
25912 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
25913 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
25914 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
25919 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
25920 (table-forward-cell 15)
25921 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
25922 (table-forward-cell 16)
25923 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
25924 (table-forward-cell 1)
25925 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
25928 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
25929 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
25930 (table-forward-cell 1)
25931 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
25933 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25935 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
25936 Delete N row(s) of cells.
25937 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
25938 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
25939 consists from cells of same height.
25943 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
25944 Delete N column(s) of cells.
25945 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
25946 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
25947 column must consists from cells of same width.
25951 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
25952 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
25953 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
25954 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
25955 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
25956 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
25957 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
25958 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
25959 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
25960 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
25961 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
25962 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
25963 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
25964 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
25965 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
25974 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
25975 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
25976 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
25979 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25981 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25983 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25985 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25989 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
25990 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
25991 of each row is optional.
25996 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
25997 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
25998 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
25999 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26000 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26002 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26003 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26005 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26006 expression and raw delimiter regular
26007 expression, it parses the specified text
26008 area and extracts cell items from
26009 non-table text and then forms a table out
26012 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26013 creates a single cell table. The text in
26014 the specified region is placed in that
26017 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26020 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26021 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26022 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26024 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26025 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26026 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26027 | area and extracts cell items from |
26028 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26031 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26032 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26033 | the specified region is placed in that |
26035 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26037 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26038 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26041 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26042 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26043 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26044 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26045 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26046 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26047 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26048 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26049 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26051 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26052 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26053 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26054 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26056 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26058 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26059 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26060 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26062 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26064 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26065 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26066 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26067 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26068 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26074 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17383 32122))
26075 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26077 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26078 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26080 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26084 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17578 34774))
26085 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26087 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26088 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26089 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26090 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26091 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26092 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26093 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26095 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26096 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26097 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26098 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26100 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26107 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26108 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17484 52437))
26109 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26111 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26112 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26113 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26114 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26115 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26116 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26118 Variables controlling indentation style:
26120 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26121 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26122 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26124 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26125 documentation for details):
26126 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26127 Controls action of TAB key.
26129 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26130 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26131 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26132 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26133 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26135 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26136 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26144 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26145 Run inferior Tcl process.
26146 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26147 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26151 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26152 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26153 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26155 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26159 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17383 32177))
26160 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26161 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26163 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26164 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26165 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26166 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26168 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26169 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26170 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26171 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26172 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26174 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26175 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26177 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26178 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26179 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26180 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26186 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17578
26188 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26190 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26191 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26192 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26193 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26194 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26195 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26197 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26199 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26200 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26201 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26202 commands to use in that buffer.
26204 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26206 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26208 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26209 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26211 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26215 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17383
26217 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26219 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26220 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26221 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26222 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26223 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26224 program as keyboard input.
26226 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26227 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26228 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26229 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26231 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26232 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26233 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26234 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26235 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26237 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26239 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26240 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26241 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26242 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26244 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26245 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26246 subprocess started.
26248 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26252 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26253 ;;;;;; (17383 32141))
26254 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26256 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26257 Start coverage on function under point.
26263 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17383 32183))
26264 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26266 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26267 Play the Tetris game.
26268 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26269 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26270 as to form complete rows.
26272 tetris-mode keybindings:
26273 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26274 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26275 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26276 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26277 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26278 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26279 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26280 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26281 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26287 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26288 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26289 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26290 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26291 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26292 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26293 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26294 ;;;;;; (17578 34780))
26295 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26297 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26298 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26300 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
26302 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26303 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26304 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26305 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26306 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26308 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
26310 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26311 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26312 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26313 if it matches the first line of the file,
26314 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26316 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
26318 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26319 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26320 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26321 if the variable is non-nil.")
26323 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
26325 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26326 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26328 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
26330 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26331 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26332 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26333 See the documentation of that variable.")
26335 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26337 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26338 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26339 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26340 See the documentation of that variable.")
26342 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26344 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26345 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26346 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26347 See the documentation of that variable.")
26349 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26351 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26352 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26353 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26354 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26355 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26357 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
26359 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26360 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26361 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26362 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26364 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
26366 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26367 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26368 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26370 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
26372 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26373 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26374 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26375 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26377 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
26379 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26380 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26381 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26382 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26384 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
26386 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26387 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26388 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26389 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26391 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26392 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26395 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26396 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26398 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26401 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
26403 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26404 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26405 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26406 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26407 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26409 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26411 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
26413 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26414 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26415 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26417 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
26419 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26420 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26421 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26422 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26423 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26425 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
26427 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26428 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26430 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
26432 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26433 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26435 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
26437 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26438 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26439 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26440 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26441 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26442 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26443 says which mode to use.
26447 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26449 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26451 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26453 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26454 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26455 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26456 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26457 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26459 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26460 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26461 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26462 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26463 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26464 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26465 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26467 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26468 mismatched $'s or braces.
26471 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26475 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26477 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26478 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26479 tex-dvi-print-command
26480 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26481 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26482 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26483 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26484 tex-dvi-view-command
26485 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26486 tex-show-queue-command
26487 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26488 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26490 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26491 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26492 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26496 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26497 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26498 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26499 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26500 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26502 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26503 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26504 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26505 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26506 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26507 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26508 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26510 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26511 mismatched $'s or braces.
26518 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26520 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26521 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26522 tex-dvi-print-command
26523 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26524 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26525 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26526 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26527 tex-dvi-view-command
26528 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26529 tex-show-queue-command
26530 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26531 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26533 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26534 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26535 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26539 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26540 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26541 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26542 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26543 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26545 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26546 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26547 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26548 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26549 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26550 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26551 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26553 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26554 mismatched $'s or braces.
26557 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26561 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26563 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26564 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26565 tex-dvi-print-command
26566 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26567 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26568 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26569 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26570 tex-dvi-view-command
26571 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26572 tex-show-queue-command
26573 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26574 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26576 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26577 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26578 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26579 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26583 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26588 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26589 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26595 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26596 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17590 36100))
26597 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26599 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26600 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26601 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26602 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26604 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26605 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26606 Info-split to do these manually.
26608 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26610 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26611 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26612 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26613 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26614 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26616 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26618 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26619 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26620 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26621 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26623 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26624 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26625 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26626 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26628 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26629 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26631 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26635 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26636 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17383 32190))
26637 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26639 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26640 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26642 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
26644 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26645 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26647 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
26649 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26650 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26652 It has these extra commands:
26653 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26655 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26656 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26657 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26658 modified version of TeX input format.
26660 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26661 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26662 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26663 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26665 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26666 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26667 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26668 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26669 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26670 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26671 in the Texinfo file.
26673 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26674 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26675 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26676 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26677 move forward past the closing brace.
26679 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26680 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26682 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26683 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26684 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26686 Here are the functions:
26688 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26689 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26690 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26692 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26693 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26694 texinfo-master-menu
26696 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26698 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26699 which menu descriptions are indented.
26701 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26702 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26705 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26706 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26707 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26708 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26710 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26711 be the first node in the file.
26713 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26714 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26720 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26721 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26722 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26723 ;;;;;; (17171 19474))
26724 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26726 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26727 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26728 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26729 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26731 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26733 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26734 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26736 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26738 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26739 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26743 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26746 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26748 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26749 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26750 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26751 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26754 The return value is number of composed characters.
26756 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26758 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
26759 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26761 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26765 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26766 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26767 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17582 28846))
26768 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26770 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
26771 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
26773 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26775 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26776 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26777 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26778 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26779 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26781 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26782 a symbol as a valid THING.
26784 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26785 of the textual entity that was found.
26787 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26789 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26790 Return the THING at point.
26791 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26792 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26793 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26795 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26796 a symbol as a valid THING.
26798 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26800 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26805 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26810 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26815 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26822 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
26823 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26824 ;;;;;; (17590 36099))
26825 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26827 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
26828 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26832 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
26833 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26834 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26835 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26837 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26839 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
26840 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
26844 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
26845 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26849 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
26851 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
26852 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26858 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26859 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26860 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
26861 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
26862 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
26863 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17097 33527))
26864 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26866 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
26867 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26868 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26872 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
26873 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26875 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26877 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
26878 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26879 The returned string has no composition information.
26881 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26883 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26884 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26886 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26888 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26889 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26891 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26893 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26894 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
26895 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
26896 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26898 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26900 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26901 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
26902 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
26903 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26905 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26907 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
26910 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26912 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26913 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26914 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
26918 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26919 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
26920 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
26924 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26927 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26929 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26932 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26934 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
26937 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26941 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
26942 ;;;;;; (17383 32190))
26943 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
26945 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
26946 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
26947 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26948 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26950 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26952 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26954 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
26955 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
26956 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26957 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26959 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26965 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
26966 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17383 32124))
26967 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
26969 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
26970 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
26972 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
26974 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
26975 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26976 This display updates automatically every minute.
26977 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26978 are displayed as well.
26979 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26983 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
26984 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
26985 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26986 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26987 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
26989 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
26991 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
26992 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26993 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
26995 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
26996 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26997 are displayed as well.
26998 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27004 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27005 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27006 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27007 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17397
27009 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27011 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27012 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27014 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27016 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27017 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27018 You can use `float-time' instead.
27020 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27022 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27023 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27025 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27027 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27028 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27030 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27032 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27033 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27035 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27037 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27038 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27039 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27041 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27043 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27045 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27046 Subtract two time values.
27047 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27049 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27051 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27052 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27054 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27056 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27057 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27058 DATE should be a date-time string.
27060 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27062 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27063 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27064 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27066 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27068 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27069 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27071 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27073 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27074 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27076 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27078 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27079 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27080 TIME should be a time value.
27081 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27083 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27085 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27086 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27087 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27089 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27093 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27094 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17487 53545))
27095 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27096 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27097 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27098 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27099 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27100 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27101 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27102 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27104 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27105 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27106 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27107 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27108 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27109 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27110 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27111 look like one of the following:
27114 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27115 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27116 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27117 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27118 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27119 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27120 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27125 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27126 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27127 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27133 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27134 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27135 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27136 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27137 ;;;;;; (17397 61548))
27138 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27140 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27141 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27142 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27143 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27144 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27145 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27146 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27147 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27148 display (non-nil means on).
27150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27152 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27153 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27154 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27155 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27156 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27157 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27158 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27159 this function is called within a day.
27161 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27162 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27163 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27164 discover the name of the project.
27166 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27168 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27169 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27170 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27171 begun during the last time segment.
27173 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27174 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27175 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27176 discover the reason.
27178 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27180 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27181 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27182 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27183 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27184 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27186 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27188 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27189 Change to working on a different project.
27190 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27191 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27192 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27195 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27197 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27198 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27199 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27203 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27204 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27205 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27209 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27210 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27211 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27212 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27213 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27214 \"relative to today\".
27216 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27218 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27219 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27220 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27221 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27223 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27225 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27226 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27227 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27228 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27229 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27230 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27232 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27236 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27237 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27238 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17383 32142))
27239 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27241 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27243 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27244 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27246 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27248 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27249 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
27251 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27253 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27254 Perform an action at time TIME.
27255 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27256 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
27257 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
27258 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
27259 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
27260 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27262 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27264 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27266 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27267 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27268 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27269 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27270 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27272 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27274 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27276 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27277 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27278 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27279 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27281 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27283 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27284 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27285 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27286 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
27288 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27289 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27291 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27293 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27294 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27296 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27297 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27298 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27299 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27300 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27301 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27304 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27308 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27309 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17106 41306))
27310 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27312 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27313 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27314 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27315 the generated Quail package is saved.
27317 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27319 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27320 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27321 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27322 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27323 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27324 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27325 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27327 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27331 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27332 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17097
27334 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27336 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27339 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27341 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27344 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27346 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27347 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27348 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27351 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27355 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27356 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17383 32124))
27357 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27358 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27359 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27360 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27362 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27363 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27364 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27365 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27366 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27368 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27370 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27371 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27372 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27373 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27374 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27376 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27378 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27379 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27380 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27381 in the menu in two ways:
27382 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27383 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27384 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27386 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27387 keymap or an alist of alists.
27388 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27389 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27391 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27395 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27396 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27397 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17397 61548))
27398 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27400 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27401 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27405 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27406 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27408 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27410 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27411 Insert new TODO list entry.
27412 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27417 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27418 List top priorities for each category.
27420 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27421 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27423 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27424 between each category.
27426 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27428 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27429 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27430 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27431 between each category.
27433 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27435 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27437 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27438 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27444 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27445 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27449 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27456 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27457 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27458 ;;;;;; (17498 30594))
27459 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27461 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27463 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27464 Add an item to the tool bar.
27465 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27466 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27467 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27468 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27470 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27471 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27472 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27473 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27475 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27476 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27478 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27480 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27481 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27482 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27483 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27484 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27485 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27487 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27488 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27489 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27490 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27492 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27494 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27495 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27496 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27497 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27498 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27499 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27500 properties to add to the binding.
27502 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27504 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27505 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27507 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27509 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27510 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27511 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27512 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27513 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27514 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27515 properties to add to the binding.
27517 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27520 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27524 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27525 ;;;;;; (17383 32144))
27526 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27528 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27529 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27530 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27531 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27532 use either \\[customize] or the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27534 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt")
27536 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27541 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27543 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27544 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27550 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27551 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17383 32144))
27552 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27554 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27555 Set scroll margins.
27557 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27559 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27560 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27564 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27565 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27571 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17484 52427))
27572 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27574 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27575 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27576 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27577 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27578 to a tcp server on another machine.
27580 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27584 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27585 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17383 32142))
27586 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27588 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27589 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27591 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
27593 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27594 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27595 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27596 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27597 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27598 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27599 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27600 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27602 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27604 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27605 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27606 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27607 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27608 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27609 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
27610 the window or buffer configuration at all.
27612 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27616 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27617 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27618 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27619 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17578 34778))
27620 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27622 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27623 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27624 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27626 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27627 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27628 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27629 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27631 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27632 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27633 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27634 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27636 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27637 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27638 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27639 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27640 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27641 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27642 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27643 files which are not really tramp files.
27645 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27646 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27647 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27648 updated after changing this variable.
27650 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27652 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
27654 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27655 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27656 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27657 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27659 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27660 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27661 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27662 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27664 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27665 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27666 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27668 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27669 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27670 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27671 updated after changing this variable.
27673 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27675 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
27677 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27678 Alist of completion handler functions.
27679 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27680 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27681 normal Emacs functions.")
27683 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27684 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27685 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27686 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27688 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27689 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27690 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27691 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27693 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27694 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27695 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27697 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27699 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
27700 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27701 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
27703 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
27704 Add tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (when (or partial-completion-mode (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27707 '(lambda () (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)))
27709 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
27714 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
27715 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
27717 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27719 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
27720 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
27722 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27724 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27725 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
27731 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27732 ;;;;;; (17365 2740))
27733 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27735 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27742 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-mark-tagged-files tumme-dired-comment-files
27743 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-display-image tumme-dired-display-external tumme-display-thumb
27744 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
27745 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-delete-tag tumme-tag-files
27746 ;;;;;; tumme-show-all-from-dir tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
27747 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17590
27749 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
27751 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27752 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
27756 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
27757 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
27759 Convenience command that:
27761 - Opens dired in folder DIR
27762 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
27763 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
27765 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
27766 image files in dired and type
27767 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
27769 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
27771 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
27772 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
27774 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
27776 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27777 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27778 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
27779 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
27780 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
27783 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
27784 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
27785 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
27787 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
27788 instead of erasing it first.
27790 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
27791 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
27792 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
27793 `tumme-next-line-and-display' and
27794 `tumme-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
27795 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
27797 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
27799 (autoload (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir) "tumme" "\
27800 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
27801 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
27802 exceeds `tumme-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
27807 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
27809 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
27810 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
27814 (autoload (quote tumme-delete-tag) "tumme" "\
27815 Remove tag for selected file(s).
27816 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
27820 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
27821 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
27825 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
27826 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
27827 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
27828 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
27832 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
27833 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27837 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
27838 Shorthard for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
27842 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
27843 Display file at point using an external viewer.
27847 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-image) "tumme" "\
27848 Display current image file.
27849 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
27850 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
27852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27854 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
27855 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
27859 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
27860 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
27861 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
27862 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
27863 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
27864 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
27865 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
27871 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
27872 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17383 32190))
27873 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
27874 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
27875 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
27876 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
27878 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
27879 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
27880 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
27881 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
27882 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
27883 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
27884 first and the associated buffer to its right.
27886 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27888 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
27889 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
27890 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
27891 accepting the proposed default buffer.
27893 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27897 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
27898 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
27899 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
27900 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
27901 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
27902 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
27903 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
27905 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
27906 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
27908 First column's text sSs Second column's text
27911 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
27913 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27919 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
27920 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
27921 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
27922 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
27923 ;;;;;; (17383 32124))
27924 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
27926 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
27927 Toggle typing break mode.
27928 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
27929 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27930 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
27932 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
27934 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
27935 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
27937 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
27939 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
27940 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
27942 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
27943 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
27944 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
27946 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
27947 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
27949 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
27951 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
27952 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
27954 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
27955 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
27956 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
27957 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
27959 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break")
27961 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
27962 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
27963 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
27965 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
27966 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
27967 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
27968 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
27969 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
27970 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
27972 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
27973 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
27974 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
27975 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
27977 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
27978 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
27980 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
27981 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
27983 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
27985 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
27986 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
27987 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
27989 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
27990 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
27991 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
27992 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
27993 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
27994 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
27995 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
27997 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
27998 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28000 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28001 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28002 reset the keystroke counter.
28004 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28005 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28006 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28007 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28009 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28010 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28011 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28012 `type-break-schedule' command.
28014 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28015 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28016 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28017 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28018 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28019 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28020 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28021 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28022 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28024 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28025 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28026 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28027 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28028 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28030 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28031 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28032 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28033 approximate good values for this.
28035 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28036 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28038 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28039 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28040 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28041 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28042 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28043 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28045 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28046 a typing break occur. They include:
28048 `type-break-query-mode'
28049 `type-break-query-function'
28050 `type-break-query-interval'
28052 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28054 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28055 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28056 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28059 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28061 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28062 Take a typing break.
28064 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28065 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28067 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28068 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28072 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28073 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28074 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28075 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28079 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28080 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28082 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28083 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28084 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28085 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28086 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28087 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28088 average typing speed.)
28090 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28091 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28092 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28093 the computed maximum threshold.
28095 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28096 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28097 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28098 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28099 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28101 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28105 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28106 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17383 32191))
28107 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28109 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28110 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28111 Works by overstriking underscores.
28112 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28113 which specify the range to operate on.
28115 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28117 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28118 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28119 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28120 which specify the range to operate on.
28122 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28126 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28127 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17383 32171))
28128 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28130 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28131 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28132 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28136 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28137 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28138 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28139 following the containing message.
28145 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28146 ;;;;;; (17383 32171))
28147 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28149 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28150 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28151 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28152 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28153 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28154 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28158 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28159 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28161 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28165 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17404
28167 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28169 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28170 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28171 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28172 of symbols with local bindings.
28174 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28178 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28179 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17365 14342))
28180 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28182 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28183 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28184 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28186 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28187 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28188 with it. Normally it gets the arguments in the list CBARGS.
28189 However, if what we find is a redirect, CALLBACK is given
28190 two additional args, `:redirect' and the redirected URL,
28191 followed by CBARGS.
28193 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28196 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28198 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28199 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28200 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28201 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28202 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28204 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28208 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28209 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17383 32191))
28210 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28212 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28213 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28214 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28216 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28217 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28218 `url-generic-parse-url'
28219 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28220 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28221 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28223 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28224 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28225 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28226 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28227 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28228 what type of auth to use
28229 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28230 if one cannot be found in the cache
28232 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28234 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28235 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28237 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28238 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28239 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28240 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28241 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28242 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28243 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28244 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28246 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28250 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28251 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17338
28253 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28255 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28256 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28258 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28260 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28261 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28263 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28265 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28266 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28268 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28270 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28271 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28273 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28277 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17383 32191))
28278 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28280 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28283 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28287 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28288 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17383 32191))
28289 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28291 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28294 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28296 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28299 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28303 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17383
28305 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28307 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28308 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28310 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28314 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28315 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17487 55937))
28316 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28318 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28319 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28323 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28324 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28325 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28326 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28328 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28332 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28333 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17457
28335 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28337 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28338 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28339 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28340 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28341 use either \\[customize] or the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28343 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers")
28345 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28346 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28350 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28351 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28352 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28353 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28354 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28355 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28356 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28357 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28358 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28360 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28362 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28363 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28364 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28367 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28369 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28372 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28376 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28377 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17515 39530))
28378 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28380 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28381 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28382 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28383 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28384 CBARGS as the arguments.
28386 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28388 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28391 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28393 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28395 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28398 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28400 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28401 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28402 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28404 Property list members:
28407 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28411 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28415 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28418 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28421 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28422 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28423 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28426 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28430 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17457 37507))
28431 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28433 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28436 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28440 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17383
28442 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28444 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28445 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28446 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28447 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28448 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28450 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28454 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28455 ;;;;;; (17383 32192))
28456 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28458 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28461 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28463 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28464 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28466 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28470 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28471 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17383 32192))
28472 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28474 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28475 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28477 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28479 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28480 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28482 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28484 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28487 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28489 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28491 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28493 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28495 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28496 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28498 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28502 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28503 ;;;;;; (17358 28606))
28504 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28506 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28509 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28511 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28514 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28518 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28519 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28520 ;;;;;; (17383 32192))
28521 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28523 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28526 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28528 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28531 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28533 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28536 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28538 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28541 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28543 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28546 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28548 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28551 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28553 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28556 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28560 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28561 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17383 32192))
28562 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28564 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28565 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28567 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28569 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28570 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28572 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28574 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28578 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28579 ;;;;;; (17348 1513))
28580 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28582 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28583 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28589 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28590 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28591 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28592 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28593 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28594 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28595 ;;;;;; (17383 32193))
28596 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28598 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28599 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28600 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28602 If t, all messages will be logged.
28603 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28604 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28606 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util")
28608 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28611 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28613 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28616 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28618 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28619 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28620 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28621 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28622 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28628 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28630 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28631 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28632 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28634 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28636 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28637 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28638 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28640 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28642 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28643 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28645 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28647 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28648 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28652 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28653 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28657 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28662 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28665 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28667 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28670 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28672 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28673 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28675 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28677 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28680 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28682 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28683 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28684 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28685 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28686 forbidden in URL encoding.
28688 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28690 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28691 Escape characters in a string.
28693 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28695 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28696 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28697 If optional variable X is t,
28698 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28700 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28702 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28703 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28704 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28706 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28708 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28709 View the current document's URL.
28710 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28713 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28715 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28719 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28720 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17383 32125))
28721 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28723 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28724 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28725 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28726 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28727 to refrain from editing the file
28728 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28729 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28730 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28731 in any way you like.
28733 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28735 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28736 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28737 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28738 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28739 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28741 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28742 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28748 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28749 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28750 ;;;;;; (17578 34777))
28751 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28753 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28754 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28755 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28756 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28758 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28760 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28761 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28762 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28764 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28766 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28767 Uudecode region between START and END.
28768 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28770 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28774 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28775 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28776 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28777 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28778 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28779 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28780 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17590 36099))
28781 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28783 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28784 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28787 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
28789 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28790 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28791 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28793 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
28795 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28796 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28799 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
28801 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28802 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28804 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28806 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
28807 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
28809 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28811 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
28812 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
28813 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
28814 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
28815 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
28816 somebody else, signal error.
28818 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28820 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
28821 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
28822 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
28823 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
28824 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
28826 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28828 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
28829 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
28830 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
28831 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
28832 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
28833 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
28834 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
28835 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
28836 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
28837 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
28838 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
28839 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
28841 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
28843 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
28844 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
28846 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
28847 it will operate on the file in the current line.
28849 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
28850 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
28851 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
28852 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
28853 lock steals will raise an error.
28855 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
28857 For RCS and SCCS files:
28858 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28860 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
28861 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
28862 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
28863 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
28864 it performs a revert.
28865 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
28866 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
28867 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
28868 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
28869 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
28870 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
28871 the option to steal the lock.
28874 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28875 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
28876 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
28877 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
28878 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
28879 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
28880 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
28881 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
28882 merge in the changes into your working copy.
28884 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
28886 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
28887 Register the current file into a version control system.
28888 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
28889 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
28891 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
28892 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
28893 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
28894 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
28895 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
28896 first backend that could register the file is used.
28898 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
28900 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
28901 Display diffs between file versions.
28902 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
28903 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
28904 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
28905 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
28906 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
28909 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
28911 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
28912 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
28913 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
28914 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
28918 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
28919 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
28920 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
28921 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
28925 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
28926 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
28927 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
28928 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
28929 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
28930 from the current branch.
28932 See Info node `Merging'.
28936 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
28938 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
28939 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
28941 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
28943 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
28944 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
28946 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
28948 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
28949 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
28950 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
28951 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
28952 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
28953 are checked out in that new branch.
28955 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
28957 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
28958 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
28959 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
28960 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
28961 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
28962 allowed and simply skipped).
28964 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
28966 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
28967 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
28968 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
28970 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
28972 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
28973 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
28974 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
28975 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
28976 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
28980 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
28981 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
28982 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
28983 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
28984 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
28985 the current branch are merged into the working file.
28989 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
28990 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
28991 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
28993 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
28995 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
28996 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
28997 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
28998 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
28999 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29000 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29001 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29003 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29005 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29006 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29007 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29008 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29009 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29010 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29011 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29012 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29013 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29015 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29017 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29018 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29020 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29022 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29023 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29024 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29027 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29029 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29030 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29031 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29033 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29034 log entries should be gathered.
29036 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29038 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29039 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29041 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29042 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29043 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29044 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29045 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29046 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29048 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29049 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29050 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29051 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29052 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29053 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29054 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29055 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29057 Customization variables:
29059 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29060 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29061 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29062 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29064 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17383 32125))
29069 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29070 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29071 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29074 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17383 32125))
29079 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29080 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29081 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29082 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29084 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17383 32125))
29089 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29090 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29091 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29094 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29098 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29099 ;;;;;; (17383 32125))
29100 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29102 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29103 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29104 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29106 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
29107 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29111 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29112 ;;;;;; (17383 32126))
29113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29115 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29116 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29117 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29119 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
29120 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29122 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29123 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29124 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29125 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17397 61543))
29130 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29131 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29132 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29133 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29135 (vc-svn-registered f)))
29137 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29141 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29142 ;;;;;; (17503 24309))
29143 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29145 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29146 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29151 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29152 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29153 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29154 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29155 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29156 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29157 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29158 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29159 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29161 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29162 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29163 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29164 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29166 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29167 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29168 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29169 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29170 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29172 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29173 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29177 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29178 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29179 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29183 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29184 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29185 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29186 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29188 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29189 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29190 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29191 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29192 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29196 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29197 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29198 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29199 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29201 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29202 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29203 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29204 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29205 beginning with \"std\").
29207 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29208 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29209 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29214 `--' puts a single comment.
29215 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29216 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29217 with a comment in between.
29218 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29219 out following lines.
29220 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29221 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29223 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29224 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29225 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29226 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29227 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29230 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29231 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29232 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29233 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29234 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29235 multi-line comments.
29239 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29240 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29241 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29242 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29244 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29245 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29246 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29247 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29249 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29250 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29253 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29254 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29258 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29259 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29260 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29261 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29262 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29263 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29264 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29265 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29267 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29268 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29269 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29270 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29271 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29274 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29275 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29276 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29278 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29279 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29283 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29284 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29285 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29286 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29287 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29288 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29291 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29292 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29293 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29294 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29297 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29301 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29302 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29303 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29304 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29305 internal signal initializations (menu).
29307 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29308 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29309 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29311 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29312 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29313 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29314 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29315 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29316 in subsequent paste operations.)
29318 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29319 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29320 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29323 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29324 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29325 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29326 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29327 association list with formals).
29330 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29331 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29332 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29333 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29334 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29335 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29336 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29337 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29342 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29346 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29350 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29351 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29352 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29354 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29355 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29358 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29359 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29360 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29361 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29363 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29364 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29365 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29367 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29368 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29369 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29370 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29372 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29373 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29374 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29375 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29376 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29378 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29379 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29380 required by secondary units.
29383 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29384 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29385 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29386 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29387 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29388 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29389 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29390 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29391 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29392 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29393 inputs to this component -> input port created
29394 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29395 outputs from this component -> output port created
29396 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29397 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29399 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29400 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29401 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29402 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29403 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29405 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29406 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29408 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29409 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29410 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29411 component instantiation is also supported (option
29412 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29414 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29415 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29416 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29417 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29418 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29419 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29420 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29421 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29422 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29423 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29424 | generating the configuration.
29426 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29427 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29428 | configurations in speedbar.
29430 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29433 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29434 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29435 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29436 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29437 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29438 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29439 information. New compilers can be added.
29441 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29442 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29445 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29446 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29447 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29448 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29449 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29451 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29454 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29455 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29456 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29458 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29459 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29460 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29461 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29462 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29463 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29464 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29467 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29468 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29469 not (yet) supported.
29470 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29471 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29472 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29476 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29477 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29478 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29479 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29480 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29481 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29482 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29483 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29485 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29486 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29487 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29488 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29489 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29490 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29491 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29492 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29493 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29494 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29495 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29499 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29500 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29501 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29502 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29503 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29504 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29505 current directory for VHDL source files.
29509 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29510 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29514 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29515 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29516 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29517 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29518 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29519 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29520 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29521 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29524 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29525 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29526 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29527 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29528 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29529 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29530 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29532 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29533 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29534 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29535 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29536 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29537 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29539 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29540 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29541 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29542 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29543 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29546 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29547 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29548 highlighted if written in lower case.
29550 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29551 highlighted using a different background color if option
29552 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29554 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29555 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29556 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29557 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29558 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29562 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29563 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29564 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29568 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29569 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29570 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29571 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29572 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29576 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29577 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29579 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29580 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29581 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29582 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29583 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29584 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29585 (used to obtain the port names).
29589 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29590 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29594 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29595 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29596 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29597 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29598 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29599 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29600 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29605 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29606 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29607 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29608 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29609 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29611 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29612 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29613 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29614 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29615 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29618 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29619 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29623 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29624 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29625 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29627 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29631 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29632 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29634 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29636 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29638 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29642 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29648 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29649 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29651 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29653 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29654 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29655 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29656 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29658 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29659 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29660 where the latest version can be found.
29666 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29667 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29668 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29671 The VHDL Mode Authors
29672 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29683 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17097 33503))
29684 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29686 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29687 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29688 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29689 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29691 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29692 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29693 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29694 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29695 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29697 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29698 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29700 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29702 * Limitations and unsupported features
29703 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29705 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29706 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29709 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29710 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29711 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29712 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29713 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
29714 for undoing a repeated change command.
29715 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29716 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
29717 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29720 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29721 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29722 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29723 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29724 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29725 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29726 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
29727 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29729 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29735 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29736 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29737 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29738 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17097 33527))
29739 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29741 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29742 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29744 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29746 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29747 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29748 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29749 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29751 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29753 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29754 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29758 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29759 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29760 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29761 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29763 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29765 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29766 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29770 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29773 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29775 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29778 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29782 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29783 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29784 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17383
29786 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29788 (defvar view-mode nil "\
29789 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29790 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29791 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29793 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29795 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29796 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29797 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29798 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29799 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29800 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29801 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29803 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29807 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
29808 View FILE in View mode in another window.
29809 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
29810 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29811 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29812 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29813 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29814 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29816 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29820 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
29821 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
29822 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
29823 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29824 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29825 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29826 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29827 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29829 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29833 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
29834 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29835 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29836 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29837 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29838 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29839 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29841 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29843 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29844 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29845 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29847 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29849 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
29850 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
29851 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29852 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29853 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29854 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29855 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29856 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29858 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29860 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29861 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29862 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29864 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29866 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
29867 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
29868 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29869 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29870 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29871 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29872 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29873 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29875 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29877 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29878 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29879 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29881 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29883 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
29884 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
29885 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
29887 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
29888 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
29889 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
29892 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
29893 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
29894 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
29895 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
29896 commands default to a repeat count of one.
29898 H, h, ? This message.
29899 Digits provide prefix arguments.
29900 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
29901 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
29902 > move to the end of buffer.
29903 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
29904 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
29905 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
29906 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
29907 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
29908 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29909 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29910 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29911 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
29912 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29913 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
29914 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
29915 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
29916 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
29917 Use this to view a changing file.
29918 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
29919 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
29920 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
29922 x exchanges point and mark.
29923 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
29924 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
29925 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
29926 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
29927 ' go to position saved in character register.
29928 s do forward incremental search.
29929 r do reverse incremental search.
29930 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
29931 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
29932 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
29933 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
29934 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
29935 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
29936 p searches backward for last regular expression.
29937 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
29938 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
29939 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
29940 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
29941 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
29942 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
29943 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
29944 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
29945 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
29946 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
29948 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
29949 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
29950 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
29951 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
29952 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
29953 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
29954 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
29955 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
29956 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
29958 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29960 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29962 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
29963 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
29964 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
29965 `view-return-to-alist'.
29966 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
29967 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
29968 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
29970 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
29971 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
29972 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
29973 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
29974 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
29976 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
29977 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
29978 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
29979 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
29981 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29983 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29985 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
29987 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
29988 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
29994 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17383
29996 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
29998 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
29999 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30003 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30004 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30010 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30011 ;;;;;; (17578 34775))
30012 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30014 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30015 Toggle Viper on/off.
30016 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30020 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30021 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
30027 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30028 ;;;;;; (17498 30594))
30029 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30031 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30032 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30033 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30034 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30035 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30036 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30037 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30038 the beginning of the warning.")
30040 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30041 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30042 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30043 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30044 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30045 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30046 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30047 also call that function before the next warning.")
30049 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30050 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30052 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30053 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30054 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30055 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30057 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30058 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30059 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30060 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30061 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30062 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30064 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30065 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30066 Default is :warning.
30068 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30069 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30070 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30071 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30072 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30073 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30075 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
30076 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
30078 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30080 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30081 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30083 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30085 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30086 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30087 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30088 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30090 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30091 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30092 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30093 can be whatever you like.)
30095 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30096 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30098 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30099 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30100 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30101 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30102 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30104 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30106 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30107 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30108 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30109 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30110 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30112 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30116 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30117 ;;;;;; (17420 36080))
30118 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30120 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30121 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30122 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30123 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30124 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30133 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17383 32178))
30134 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30136 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30137 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30139 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30142 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30149 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30150 ;;;;;; (17397 61573))
30151 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30152 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30153 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30155 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30157 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30158 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30159 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30160 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30161 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
30163 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
30165 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30166 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30167 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30168 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30170 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30177 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30178 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30179 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30180 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30181 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30182 ;;;;;; (17578 34774))
30183 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30185 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30186 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30190 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30191 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30195 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30196 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30200 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30201 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30205 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30206 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30210 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30211 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30213 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30214 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30215 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30216 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30217 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30219 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30221 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30222 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30224 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30226 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30227 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30231 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30232 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30233 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30237 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30238 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30242 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30244 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30245 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30246 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30247 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30248 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30250 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
30252 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30253 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30254 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30256 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30257 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30261 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30262 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30263 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30269 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30270 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17383 32127))
30271 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30273 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30274 Browse the widget under point.
30278 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30279 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30281 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30283 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30284 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30286 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30288 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30289 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30290 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30296 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30297 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17397
30299 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30301 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30302 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30304 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30306 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30307 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30308 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30310 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30312 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30313 Create widget of TYPE.
30314 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30316 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30318 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30321 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30323 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30324 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30326 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30328 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30330 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30331 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30332 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30334 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30335 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30341 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30342 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17383
30344 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30346 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30347 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30348 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30349 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30350 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30351 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30352 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30356 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30357 Select the window above the current one.
30358 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30359 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30360 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30361 negative ARG) of the current window.
30362 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30366 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30367 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30368 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30369 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30370 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30371 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30372 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30376 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30377 Select the window below the current one.
30378 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30379 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30380 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30381 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30382 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30384 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30386 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30387 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30388 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30389 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30391 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30395 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30396 ;;;;;; (17383 32128))
30397 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30399 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30400 Toggle Winner mode.
30401 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30402 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30404 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
30406 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30407 Toggle Winner mode.
30408 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30414 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30415 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17466 42708))
30416 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30418 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30419 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30420 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30421 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30422 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30423 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30424 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30425 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30427 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30428 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30430 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30432 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30433 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30437 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30438 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30439 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30440 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30441 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30442 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30443 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30444 `woman' command for further details.
30446 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30450 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30451 ;;;;;; (17383 32145))
30452 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30454 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30455 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30458 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30459 are not implemented
30460 - Options for search and replace
30461 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30462 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30464 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30467 The key bindings are:
30477 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30479 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30480 C-l ws-repeat-search
30483 C-r scroll-down-line
30490 C-y kill-complete-line
30493 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30494 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30495 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30496 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30497 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30498 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30499 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30500 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30501 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30502 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30503 C-k b ws-begin-block
30504 C-k c ws-copy-block
30505 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30507 C-k h ws-show-markers
30508 C-k i ws-indent-block
30510 C-k p ws-print-block
30513 C-k s save-some-buffers
30515 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30516 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30517 C-k v ws-move-block
30518 C-k w ws-write-block
30520 C-k y ws-delete-block
30522 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30523 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30524 C-o j justify-current-line
30527 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30528 C-o r set-fill-column
30529 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30530 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30531 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30532 C-o wo other-window
30533 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30535 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30536 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30537 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30538 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30539 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30540 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30541 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30542 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30543 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30544 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30545 C-q a ws-query-replace
30546 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30547 C-q c end-of-buffer
30550 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30552 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30553 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30554 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30555 C-q w ws-last-error
30557 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30563 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30564 ;;;;;; (17383 32129))
30565 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30567 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30568 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30569 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30570 Returns the top node with all its children.
30571 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30572 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30574 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30576 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30577 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30578 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30579 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30580 is not well-formed XML.
30581 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30582 and returned as the first element of the list.
30583 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30585 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30589 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17383
30591 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30593 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30594 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30595 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30596 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30597 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30599 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
30601 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30602 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30603 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30605 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30606 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30607 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30608 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30609 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30610 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30616 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30617 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17383 32167))
30618 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30620 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30621 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30623 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30625 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30626 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30632 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30633 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17383 32183))
30634 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30636 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30637 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30639 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30641 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30642 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30644 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30646 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30647 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30648 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30650 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30652 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30653 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30659 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17383 32183))
30660 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30662 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30663 Zone out, completely.
30669 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
30670 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (17383 32178))
30671 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
30673 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
30674 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
30678 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
30679 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
30681 Zone-mode does two things:
30683 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
30684 when saving the file
30692 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
30693 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
30694 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
30695 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
30696 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
30697 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
30698 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
30699 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
30700 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
30701 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
30702 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
30703 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
30704 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
30705 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
30706 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
30707 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
30708 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
30709 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
30710 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
30711 ;;;;;; "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el"
30712 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
30713 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
30714 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30715 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30716 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30717 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30718 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
30719 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
30720 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
30721 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
30722 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
30723 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
30724 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
30725 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
30726 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
30727 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
30728 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
30729 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-menu.el"
30730 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-nicklist.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
30731 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
30732 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
30733 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
30734 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
30735 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
30736 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
30737 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
30738 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
30739 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el"
30740 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el"
30741 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
30742 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30743 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30744 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
30745 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
30746 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
30747 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
30748 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
30749 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30750 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30751 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30752 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30753 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30754 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30755 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30756 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30757 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30758 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30759 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30760 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30761 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30762 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30763 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30764 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30765 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30766 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30767 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30768 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30769 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30770 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30771 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30772 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30773 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30774 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
30775 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
30776 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
30777 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
30778 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
30779 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
30780 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
30781 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
30782 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
30783 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
30784 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
30785 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
30786 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
30787 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
30788 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
30789 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
30790 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30791 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30792 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30793 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30794 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30795 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30796 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30797 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
30798 ;;;;;; "obsolete/bg-mouse.el" "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
30799 ;;;;;; "obsolete/iso-insert.el" "obsolete/iso-swed.el" "obsolete/keyswap.el"
30800 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
30801 ;;;;;; "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
30802 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/swedish.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
30803 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el"
30804 ;;;;;; "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
30805 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
30806 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30807 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30808 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
30809 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
30810 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
30811 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
30812 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
30813 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
30814 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
30815 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
30816 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el"
30817 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el"
30818 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el"
30819 ;;;;;; "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el"
30820 ;;;;;; "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
30821 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
30822 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
30823 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
30824 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
30825 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
30826 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
30827 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
30828 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
30829 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
30830 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
30831 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
30832 ;;;;;; "url/url-https.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
30833 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
30834 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
30835 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
30836 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (17590 36747 258974))
30840 ;; Local Variables:
30841 ;; version-control: never
30842 ;; no-byte-compile: t
30843 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
30845 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here